1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17843 45625))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17843 45609))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode
'safe-local-variable
'booleanp
)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table
) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17844 62922))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function
) "add-log" t
)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name
) "add-log" t
)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address
) "add-log" t
)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17843 45615))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action
) "advice" t
)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action
) "advice" t
)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice
) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice
) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate
) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17843 45609))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
494 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x
(quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
))) (stringp x
)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote integerp
))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x
(quote (nil t text force
))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
(quote (: * + -
)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode
) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587 and many other features.
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
764 Topic text constituents:
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
800 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
801 BULLET when generating ITEMs varies in a cycle with the DEPTH of
805 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
806 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
808 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
809 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
811 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
812 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
813 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
815 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
817 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky
) (quote outlineify-sticky
))
819 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky
) "allout" "\
820 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
822 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
823 setup for auto-startup.
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
830 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17843 45624))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
833 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir
) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
))
835 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
836 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
837 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
838 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
839 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
840 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
842 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
844 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" "\
847 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
852 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17843 45625))
853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
855 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
856 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
857 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
858 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
859 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
860 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
861 in the current window.
863 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
865 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
866 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
867 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
869 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
871 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
872 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
873 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
875 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
879 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
880 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17843 45609))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
883 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
884 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
888 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
889 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
891 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
892 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
893 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
894 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
896 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
897 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
899 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
905 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
906 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17838 18033))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
909 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
910 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
911 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
912 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
913 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
916 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
917 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
918 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
921 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
922 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
923 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
924 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
928 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
929 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
934 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
935 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
936 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
942 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
943 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
944 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
945 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17843 45615))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
948 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
949 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
950 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
951 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
953 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message
) "appt" t
)
955 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
956 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
958 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time
) "appt" t
)
960 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
961 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
963 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible
) "appt" t
)
965 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
966 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
967 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
969 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible
) "appt" t
)
971 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
972 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
973 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
975 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window
) "appt" t
)
977 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
978 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
979 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
981 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line
) "appt" t
)
983 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
984 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
985 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
987 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration
) "appt" t
)
989 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
990 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
991 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
993 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary
) "appt" t
)
995 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
996 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
997 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
999 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
1001 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
1002 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1006 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
1007 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1008 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1009 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1010 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1011 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1012 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1014 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1017 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1018 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1022 (autoload (quote appt-activate
) "appt" "\
1023 Toggle checking of appointments.
1024 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1025 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1031 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1032 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1033 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17843 45609))
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1036 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern
) "apropos" "\
1037 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1038 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1039 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1041 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1042 kind of objects to search.
1044 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1046 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
1047 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1048 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1049 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1050 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1051 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1053 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1058 (defalias (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
1060 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
1061 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1062 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1063 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1064 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1065 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1067 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1068 noninteractive functions.
1070 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1071 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1073 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1074 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1078 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property
) "apropos" "\
1079 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1081 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1083 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
1084 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1085 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1086 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1088 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1089 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1090 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1091 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1094 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1096 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1100 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
1101 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1108 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1109 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1111 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1113 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
1114 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1115 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1116 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1117 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1118 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1120 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1121 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1123 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1125 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1129 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17843
1131 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1133 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
1134 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1135 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1136 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1137 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1138 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1140 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1141 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1144 \\{archive-mode-map}
1146 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1150 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17843 45609))
1151 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1153 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
1154 Major mode for editing arrays.
1156 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1157 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1158 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1160 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1162 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1163 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1164 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1166 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1167 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1168 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1169 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1172 Variables you assign:
1173 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1174 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1175 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1176 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1177 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1178 row numbers in the buffer.
1180 Variables which are calculated:
1181 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1182 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1184 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1185 take a numeric prefix argument):
1187 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1188 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1189 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1190 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1192 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1193 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1194 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1195 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1198 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1200 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1202 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1203 between that of point and mark.
1205 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1206 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1208 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1209 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1210 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1211 newlines inside rows)
1213 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1215 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1221 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17843
1223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1225 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
1226 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1227 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1228 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1230 How to quit artist mode
1232 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1235 How to submit a bug report
1237 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1240 Drawing with the mouse:
1243 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1244 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1251 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1252 --------------------------------------------------------------
1253 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1269 --------------------------------------------------------------
1270 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1285 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1286 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1287 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1288 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1291 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1292 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1293 overwrite means the opposite.
1295 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1296 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1297 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1299 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1301 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1302 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1304 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1305 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1306 are currently drawing something.
1308 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1313 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1318 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1320 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1322 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1324 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1326 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1327 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1329 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1334 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1335 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1336 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1337 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1338 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1339 When pasting: Pastes
1341 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1343 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1345 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1346 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1347 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1348 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1349 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1350 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1355 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1356 of the line/poly-line
1358 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1359 of the line/poly-line
1364 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1366 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1368 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1369 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1370 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1372 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1373 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1379 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1382 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1384 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1385 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1390 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1391 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1393 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1394 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1395 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1396 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1397 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1398 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1399 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1400 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1401 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1402 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1403 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1405 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1406 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1407 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1408 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1409 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1410 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1411 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1415 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1416 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1423 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17843
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1431 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
1432 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1433 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1435 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1438 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1440 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1441 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1443 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1444 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1446 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1456 ;;;;;; (17075 55468))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1459 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
1462 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show")
1464 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
1465 This command is obsolete.
1471 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1472 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
1473 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1475 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1476 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1477 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1479 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" nil
)
1481 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1482 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1483 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1484 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1485 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1486 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1487 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1488 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1489 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1490 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1493 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1494 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1495 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1496 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1497 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1499 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1503 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1505 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1507 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1508 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1510 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" nil
)
1512 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1513 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1514 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1515 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1516 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1517 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1519 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1525 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1526 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
1527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1529 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
1530 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1536 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1537 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17843 45609))
1538 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1540 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1541 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1542 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1546 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1547 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1548 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1549 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1551 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1553 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1554 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1555 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1558 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1560 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" nil
)
1562 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1563 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1564 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1565 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1567 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1568 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1574 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1575 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1576 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1579 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1580 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1581 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1582 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1583 save the buffer too.
1585 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1587 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1589 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1590 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1591 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1592 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1593 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1594 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1596 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1597 directory or directories specified.
1599 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1601 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1602 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1603 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1609 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1610 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1611 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17843 45609))
1612 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1614 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1615 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1617 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1618 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1619 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1620 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1621 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1625 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1626 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1628 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1629 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1633 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1634 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1635 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1637 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1638 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1639 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1640 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1641 reflected in the current buffer.
1643 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1644 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1645 writing before you save the file!
1647 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1651 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1652 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1654 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1655 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1659 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1660 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1661 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1663 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1664 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1666 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" nil
)
1668 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1669 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1671 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1672 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1673 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1679 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1680 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17843 45609))
1681 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1683 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1684 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1685 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1687 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1689 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" nil
)
1691 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1692 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1693 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1694 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1696 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1697 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1698 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1700 Effects of the different modes:
1701 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1702 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1703 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1704 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1705 a random distance & direction.
1706 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1707 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1708 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1710 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1712 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1713 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1714 definition of \"random distance\".)
1716 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1720 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1721 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
1722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1724 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1725 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1727 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1728 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1732 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1733 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1734 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1735 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1737 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1739 \(fn ARG)" nil
(quote macro
))
1741 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1745 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1746 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1748 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1750 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1751 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1752 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1753 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1757 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1758 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1759 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1760 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1761 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1762 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1764 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" nil
)
1766 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" "\
1767 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1768 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1769 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1770 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1777 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1778 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17843 45615))
1779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1781 (autoload (quote benchmark-run
) "benchmark" "\
1782 Time execution of FORMS.
1783 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1784 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1786 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1787 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1788 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1790 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1792 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled
) "benchmark" "\
1793 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1794 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1795 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1796 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1798 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1800 (autoload (quote benchmark
) "benchmark" "\
1801 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1802 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1803 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1804 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1806 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1810 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17843
1812 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1814 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1815 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1817 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1819 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1820 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1821 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1822 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1824 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1825 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1826 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1827 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1828 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1830 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1831 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1834 Special information:
1836 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1838 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1839 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1840 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1841 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1842 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1843 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1844 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1845 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1846 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1847 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1848 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1850 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1851 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1852 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1853 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1854 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1855 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1856 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1857 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1859 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1861 ----------------------------------------------------------
1862 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1863 if that value is non-nil.
1871 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1872 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1873 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
1874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1876 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1878 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal
) "binhex" "\
1879 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1880 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1882 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1884 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external
) "binhex" "\
1885 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1887 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1889 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region
) "binhex" "\
1890 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1892 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1896 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17843
1898 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1900 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1902 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1906 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1907 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1908 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1909 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1910 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1915 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1916 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1919 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1922 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1923 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1925 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1926 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1928 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1929 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1930 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1931 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1932 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1933 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1937 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1939 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1940 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1941 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1942 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1944 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1945 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1946 denoted by the letter `R'.
1948 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1949 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1950 denoted by the letter `H'.
1952 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1955 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1956 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1957 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1958 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1959 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1960 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1963 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1964 degree deflection it causes.
1967 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1968 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1969 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1970 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1971 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1973 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1974 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1977 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1978 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1981 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1982 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1983 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1984 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1986 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1987 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1991 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1992 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1993 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1994 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1995 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1996 emerging from the box.
1998 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2001 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2002 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2003 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2004 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2005 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2006 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2007 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2009 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2016 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2017 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2018 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2019 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17843 45609))
2020 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2021 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
2022 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
2023 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2025 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
2026 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2027 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2028 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2029 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2030 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2031 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map
)
2032 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" 'bookmark-set
)
2033 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) ; "m" for "mark"
2034 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
)
2035 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) ; "g" for "go"
2036 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
)
2037 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
)
2038 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) ; "f" for "find"
2039 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
)
2040 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
)
2041 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" 'bookmark-load
)
2042 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" 'bookmark-write
)
2043 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" 'bookmark-save
)
2045 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
2046 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2047 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2048 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2049 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2050 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2051 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2052 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2055 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2056 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2057 yank successive words.
2059 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2060 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2061 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2062 name of the file being visited.
2064 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2065 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2066 the list of bookmarks.)
2068 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
2070 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
2071 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2072 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2073 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2074 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2077 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2078 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2079 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2080 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2082 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2084 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
2085 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2086 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2087 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2088 after a bookmark was set in it.
2090 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2092 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
2093 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2094 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2095 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2097 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2099 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
2101 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
2102 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2103 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2104 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2106 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2107 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2108 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2110 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2111 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2114 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2116 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
2117 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2118 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2119 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2120 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2123 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2125 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
2126 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2127 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2128 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2129 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2130 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2131 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2132 probably because we were called from there.
2134 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2136 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
2137 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2138 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2142 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
2143 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2144 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2145 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2148 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2149 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2150 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2151 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2152 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2154 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2155 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2156 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2157 `bookmark-default-file'.
2159 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2161 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
2162 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2163 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2164 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2165 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2168 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2169 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2170 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2171 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2172 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2175 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2176 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2177 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2178 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2180 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2182 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
2183 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2184 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2185 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2186 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2190 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2192 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2194 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2196 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2200 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2201 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2202 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2203 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2204 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2205 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2206 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2207 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2208 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2209 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17843 45624))
2210 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2212 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2213 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2214 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2215 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2217 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2218 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2219 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2220 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2221 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2223 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2225 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2226 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2228 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2230 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2231 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2233 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2235 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2240 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2241 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2242 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2243 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2244 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2245 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2247 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2249 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2250 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2251 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2252 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2255 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2257 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2258 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2262 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2263 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2265 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2267 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2268 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2269 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2270 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2272 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2274 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2275 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2276 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2277 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2281 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2282 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2283 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2284 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2285 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2290 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2291 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2292 Default to the URL around or before point.
2294 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2295 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2296 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2297 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2299 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2300 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2302 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2303 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2304 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2306 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2308 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2309 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2310 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2311 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2313 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2314 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2315 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2316 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2318 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2319 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2320 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2322 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2323 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2325 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2327 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2328 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2330 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2332 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2333 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2334 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2335 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2337 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2338 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2339 new tab in an existing window instead.
2341 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2342 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2344 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2346 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2348 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2349 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2352 When called interactively, if variable
2353 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2354 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2355 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2356 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2358 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2359 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2360 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2362 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2363 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2365 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2366 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2367 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2368 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2369 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2370 URL in a new window.
2372 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2374 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2375 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2376 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2377 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2379 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2380 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2381 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2382 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2384 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2385 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2386 new tab in an existing window instead.
2388 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2389 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2393 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2400 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2401 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2408 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2409 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2411 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2412 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2413 program is invoked according to the variable
2414 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2416 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2417 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2418 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2419 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2422 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2426 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2427 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2428 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2429 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point.
2437 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2438 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2439 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2441 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2442 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2443 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2444 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2447 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2451 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2452 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2453 Default to the URL around or before point.
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point.
2461 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2462 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2463 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2465 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2466 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2472 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2473 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2475 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2477 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2478 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2479 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2480 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2481 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2487 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2488 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2490 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2491 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2492 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2493 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2495 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2496 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2498 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2500 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2501 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2502 Default to the URL around or before point.
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2506 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2507 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2508 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2509 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2510 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2513 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2514 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2515 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2516 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2519 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2523 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2524 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2525 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2526 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2527 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2528 don't offer a form of remote control.
2530 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2532 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2533 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2534 Default to the URL around or before point.
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2540 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17843
2542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2544 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2545 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2549 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2550 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2556 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2557 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17843 45609))
2558 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2560 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2561 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2562 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2563 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2567 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2568 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2569 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2570 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2574 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2575 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2579 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2580 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2582 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2583 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2584 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2585 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2587 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2588 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2589 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2590 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2591 name of buffer configuration.
2597 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2598 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17843
2600 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2602 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2603 Keymap used by buttons.")
2605 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2606 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2607 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2609 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2610 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2611 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2612 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2613 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2614 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2616 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2617 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2618 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2619 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2621 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2623 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2624 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2625 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2626 specifying properties to add to the button.
2627 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2628 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2629 `define-button-type'.
2631 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2633 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2635 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2636 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2637 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2638 specifying properties to add to the button.
2639 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2640 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2641 `define-button-type'.
2643 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2645 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2647 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2648 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2649 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2650 specifying properties to add to the button.
2651 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2652 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2653 `define-button-type'.
2655 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2656 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2657 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2660 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2662 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2664 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2665 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2666 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2667 specifying properties to add to the button.
2668 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2669 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2670 `define-button-type'.
2672 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2673 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2674 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2675 `insert-text-button'.
2677 Also see `make-text-button'.
2679 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2683 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2684 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2685 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2686 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2687 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17843 45615))
2688 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2689 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2690 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2692 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2697 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2698 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2699 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2701 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2703 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2704 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2705 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2706 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2708 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2709 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2710 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2711 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2712 whether to compile it.
2714 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2716 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2717 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2719 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2720 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2723 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2724 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2725 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2726 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2728 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2730 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2731 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2732 Print the result in the echo area.
2733 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2737 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2738 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2739 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2741 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2743 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2744 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2745 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2746 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2747 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2748 all functions called by those functions.
2750 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2751 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2754 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2755 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2756 invoked interactively.
2758 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2760 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2761 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2762 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2763 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2767 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2768 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2769 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2770 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2771 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2772 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2773 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2776 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2778 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2779 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2780 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2781 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2783 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2784 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2785 and corresponding effects.
2787 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17843 45615))
2792 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2794 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2796 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2800 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2801 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
2802 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2804 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2805 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2806 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2807 from the cursor position.
2809 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2813 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2814 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2815 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2816 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
2817 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2819 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2820 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2822 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2823 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2825 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2826 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2830 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2831 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2833 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2835 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2836 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2838 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2840 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2841 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2845 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2846 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2847 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2848 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2850 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2852 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2853 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2854 This is most useful in the X window system.
2855 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2856 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2858 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2860 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2861 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2862 See calc-keypad for details.
2864 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2866 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2867 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2869 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2871 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2872 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2874 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2876 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2877 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2879 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2881 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2882 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2883 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2885 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2887 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2890 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2894 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17843
2896 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2898 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2899 Run the Emacs calculator.
2900 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2906 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2907 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2908 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2909 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2910 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2911 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2912 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2913 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2914 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2915 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2916 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2917 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2918 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2919 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2920 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2921 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2922 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2923 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17843 45615))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2926 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2927 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2928 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2929 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2932 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2934 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2935 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2936 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2937 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2938 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2939 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2941 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2943 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2944 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2945 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2947 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2949 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2950 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2951 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2953 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2955 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2956 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2957 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2960 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2962 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2963 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2964 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2966 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2968 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2969 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2970 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2972 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2974 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2976 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2977 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2978 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2980 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2983 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2985 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2986 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2987 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2989 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2992 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2994 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2995 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2996 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2998 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3001 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3003 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3004 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3005 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3007 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
3009 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3010 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3011 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3012 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3013 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3015 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3017 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3018 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3019 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3020 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3021 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3022 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3023 a function is also provided for this:
3024 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3026 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3027 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3028 date is not visible in the window.
3030 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3031 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3032 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3034 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3036 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3037 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3039 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3040 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3041 date is visible in the window.
3043 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3044 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3045 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3047 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3049 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3050 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3054 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3056 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3058 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3060 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3061 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3063 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3064 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3072 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3073 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3074 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3075 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3076 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3077 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3078 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3079 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3080 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3081 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3082 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3083 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3086 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3087 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3088 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3089 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3097 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3098 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3100 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3101 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3102 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3103 window but will appear in a diary window.
3105 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3106 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3108 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3109 entries (in the default American style):
3111 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3112 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3113 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3115 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3116 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3117 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3118 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3119 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3120 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3121 &* 15 time cards due.
3123 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3124 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3125 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3129 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3130 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3131 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3132 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3133 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3134 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3136 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3137 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3138 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3140 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3142 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3144 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3145 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3146 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3147 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3148 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3149 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3150 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3151 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3152 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3153 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3156 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3157 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3158 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3159 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3160 documentation for these functions for details.
3162 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3163 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3165 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3167 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3168 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3170 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3172 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3173 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3175 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3177 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3178 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3180 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3182 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3183 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3185 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3187 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3188 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3189 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3191 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3193 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3194 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3195 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3197 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3199 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3200 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3201 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3202 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3205 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3207 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3208 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3209 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3210 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3219 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3220 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3221 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3223 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3224 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3225 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3226 `american-calendar'.")
3228 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3230 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3231 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3232 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3234 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3236 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3237 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3238 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3240 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3242 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3243 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3244 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3246 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3248 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3249 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3250 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3252 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3254 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3255 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3256 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3257 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3258 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3259 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3261 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3263 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3264 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3265 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3267 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3268 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3269 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3272 #include \"filename\"
3274 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3275 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3276 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3277 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3278 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3280 For example, you could use
3282 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3283 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3284 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3286 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3287 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3288 lexicographic order.")
3290 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3292 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3293 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3294 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3296 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3298 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3299 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3300 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3303 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3304 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3305 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3306 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3307 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3308 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3309 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3311 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3312 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3313 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3314 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3315 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3316 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3317 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3318 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3320 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3322 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3323 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3324 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3325 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3326 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3327 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3328 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3330 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3332 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3333 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3335 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3336 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3337 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3339 #include \"filename\"
3340 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3341 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3342 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3343 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3344 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3346 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3348 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3349 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3350 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3351 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3352 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3353 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3354 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3356 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3358 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3359 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3360 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3363 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3365 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3366 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3367 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3368 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3369 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3371 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3373 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3375 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3376 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3377 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3379 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3381 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3383 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3385 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3387 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3389 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3391 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3393 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3395 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3397 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3399 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3400 User defined holidays.
3401 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3403 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3405 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3407 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3409 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3411 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3413 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3415 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3417 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3419 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3421 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3423 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3425 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3427 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3429 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3431 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3433 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3435 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3437 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3439 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3441 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3443 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3445 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3447 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3449 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3451 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3453 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3455 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3456 Sun-related holidays.
3457 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3459 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3461 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3463 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3464 The frame setup of the calendar.
3465 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3466 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3467 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3468 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3469 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3471 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3473 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3474 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3475 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3477 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3478 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3482 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3483 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3484 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3486 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3487 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3488 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3489 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3491 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3495 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3496 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17843 45616))
3497 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3499 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3500 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3502 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3504 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3505 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3506 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3509 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17843
3515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3516 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3520 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3521 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
3522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3524 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3525 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3531 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3532 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3533 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
3534 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3536 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3537 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3538 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3539 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3540 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3541 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3542 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3544 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3546 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3547 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3548 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3549 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3550 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3551 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3552 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3553 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3555 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3556 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3557 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3558 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3559 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3560 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3562 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3564 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3565 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3572 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3573 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3575 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3576 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3577 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3578 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3579 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3580 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3583 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3585 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3586 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3593 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3594 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3595 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3597 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3598 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3599 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3600 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3601 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3602 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3605 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3607 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3608 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3615 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3616 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3617 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3619 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3620 Major mode for editing Java code.
3621 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3622 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3623 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3624 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3627 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3629 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3630 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3637 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3638 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3639 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3641 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3642 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3643 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3644 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3645 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3646 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3649 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3651 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3652 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3659 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3660 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3661 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3662 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3664 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3665 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3666 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3667 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3668 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3669 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3672 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3674 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3675 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3681 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3682 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3683 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3684 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3685 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3686 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3690 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3691 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17843 45627))
3692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3694 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3695 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3696 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3697 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3699 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3701 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3702 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3705 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3706 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3707 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3708 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3711 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3712 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3713 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3714 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3717 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3719 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3720 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3721 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3722 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3724 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3726 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3727 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3728 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3730 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3732 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3733 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3734 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3735 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3736 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3738 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17843
3744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3745 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17843 45627))
3750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3751 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3752 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3753 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3757 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3758 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3759 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
3760 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3762 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3763 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3765 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3767 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3768 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3770 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3772 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3773 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3775 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3776 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3777 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3778 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3781 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3783 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3785 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3786 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3788 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3789 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3793 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3794 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3795 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3796 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3797 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3800 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3801 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3802 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3803 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3805 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3806 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3809 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3811 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3813 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3816 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3817 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3819 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3820 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3821 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3824 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3826 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3827 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3828 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3830 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3832 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3834 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3835 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3837 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3841 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3843 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3845 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3846 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3849 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3850 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3853 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3855 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3856 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3857 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3858 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3859 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3860 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3861 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3862 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3863 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3864 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3865 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3866 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3867 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3868 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3869 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3870 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3873 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3874 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3876 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3877 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3879 | (write EXPRESSION)
3880 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3881 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3884 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3887 ;; Same as: (write string)
3889 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3890 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3891 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3894 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3895 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3896 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3897 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3898 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3899 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3901 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3902 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3904 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3907 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3908 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3909 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3911 ARG := REG | integer
3914 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3917 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3920 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3923 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3924 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3927 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3928 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3929 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3932 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3933 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3934 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3937 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3938 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3940 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3941 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3942 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3945 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3946 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3949 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3950 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3952 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3955 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3959 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3960 ;; Same meaning as C code
3961 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3963 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3968 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3969 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3972 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3973 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3977 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3981 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3982 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3983 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3985 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3986 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3987 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3989 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3990 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3991 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3992 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3993 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3996 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3998 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3999 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4000 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4001 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4002 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4003 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4005 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4007 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
4008 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4009 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4011 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4013 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4018 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
4019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4021 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4022 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4023 There are no special keybindings by default.
4025 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4026 to the action header.
4032 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4033 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4034 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4035 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4036 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4037 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4038 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4039 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4040 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
4041 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4043 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4044 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4045 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4046 the users will view as each check is completed.
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4052 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4053 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4054 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4055 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4056 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4057 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4059 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4061 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4062 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4063 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4064 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4065 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4066 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4067 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4068 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4070 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4072 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4073 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4074 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4075 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4076 spacing are all verified.
4080 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4081 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4082 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4083 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4084 otherwise stop after the first error.
4086 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4088 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4089 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4090 Only documentation strings are checked.
4091 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4092 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4095 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4097 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4098 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4099 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4100 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4101 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4103 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4105 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4106 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4107 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4108 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4111 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4113 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4114 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4115 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4116 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4118 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4120 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4122 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4123 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4124 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4126 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4128 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4129 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4130 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4131 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4132 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4136 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4137 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4138 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4139 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4140 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4141 space at the end of each line.
4143 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4145 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4146 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4147 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4148 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4150 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4152 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4153 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4154 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4155 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4157 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4159 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4160 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4161 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4162 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4164 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4166 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4167 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4168 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4169 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4171 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4173 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4174 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4175 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4176 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4178 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4180 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4181 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4182 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4183 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4185 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4187 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4188 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4189 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4190 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4192 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4194 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4195 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4196 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4197 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4199 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4201 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4202 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4203 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4204 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4206 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4208 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4209 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4210 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4212 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4213 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4214 checking of documentation strings.
4216 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4222 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4223 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17843
4225 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4227 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4228 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4229 Return the length of resulting text.
4231 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4233 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4234 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4238 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4239 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4240 Return the length of resulting text.
4242 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4244 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4245 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4251 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4252 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17843 45609))
4253 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4255 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4256 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4257 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4258 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4259 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4260 editing and the result is evaluated.
4262 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4264 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4265 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4266 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4267 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4268 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4270 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4274 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4275 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4276 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4277 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4278 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4280 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4281 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4282 \\{command-history-map}
4284 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4285 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17843 45615))
4292 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4294 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4295 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4296 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4297 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4298 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4299 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4301 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4302 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4306 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4307 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
4308 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4310 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4313 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4317 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4318 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
4319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4321 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4322 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4323 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4324 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4326 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4327 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4328 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4329 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4331 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4332 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4334 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4338 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17843
4340 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4342 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4343 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4344 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4345 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4346 of `scheme-program-name').
4347 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4348 it is given as initial input.
4349 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4350 discards input when it starts up.
4351 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4353 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4356 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4360 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4361 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
4362 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4364 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4365 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4366 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4367 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4368 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4370 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4372 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4406 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4407 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4408 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4409 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4410 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4411 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4412 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4413 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4414 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4415 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4416 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4420 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4421 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4422 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17843 45618))
4423 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4425 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4426 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4427 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4430 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4431 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4432 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4433 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4435 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4437 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4438 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4439 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4441 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4443 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4444 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4445 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4447 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4449 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4450 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4451 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4453 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4455 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4456 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4458 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4459 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4460 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4462 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4463 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4467 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4468 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4470 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4471 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4472 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4474 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4478 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4479 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4480 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4481 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
4482 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4484 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4485 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4486 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4487 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4488 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4489 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4490 functions have already modified the buffer.
4492 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4494 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4495 either globally or locally.")
4497 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4499 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4500 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4501 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4502 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4503 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4504 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4505 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4506 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4508 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4510 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4512 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4513 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4514 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4515 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4516 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4517 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4518 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4519 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4521 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4523 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4525 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4526 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4527 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4528 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4529 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4530 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4532 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4534 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4535 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4536 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4537 directory tracking functions.")
4539 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4540 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4541 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4543 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4545 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4547 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4548 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4549 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4551 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4553 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4555 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4556 Send COMMAND to current process.
4557 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4558 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4560 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4562 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4563 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4564 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4565 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4567 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4571 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17843
4573 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4575 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4576 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4577 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4578 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4580 This command pushes the mark in each window
4581 at the prior location of point in that window.
4582 If both windows display the same buffer,
4583 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4584 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4586 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4587 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4588 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4589 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4590 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4591 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4592 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4595 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4596 this command work in interlaced mode:
4597 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4598 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4599 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4601 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4605 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4606 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4607 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4608 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4609 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17843 45627))
4610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4612 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4613 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4615 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4617 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4618 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4620 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4622 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4623 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4624 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4625 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4626 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4627 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4628 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4630 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4631 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4632 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4633 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4634 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4636 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4637 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4638 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4639 describing how the process finished.")
4641 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4642 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4643 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4644 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4646 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4647 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4648 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4650 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4652 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4653 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4654 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4655 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4657 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4659 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4660 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4662 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4663 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4665 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4667 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4668 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4669 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4670 (concat \"make -k \"
4671 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4673 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4674 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4676 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4677 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4678 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4679 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4681 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4683 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4684 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4685 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4686 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4688 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4689 and move to the source code that caused it.
4691 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4692 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4694 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4695 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4696 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4697 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4699 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4700 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4701 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4702 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4705 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4706 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4707 to a function that generates a unique name.
4709 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4711 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4712 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4713 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4714 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4716 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4717 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4718 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4719 to determine the buffer name.
4721 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4722 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4723 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4725 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4727 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4729 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4730 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4731 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4732 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4733 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4735 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4737 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4739 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4741 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4742 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4743 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4744 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4745 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4746 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4747 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4751 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4752 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4753 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4754 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4755 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4756 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4760 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4761 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4762 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4764 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4766 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4770 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4771 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
4772 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4774 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4775 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4776 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4778 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4779 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4781 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4783 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4784 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4785 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4787 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4788 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4789 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4790 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4792 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4793 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4794 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4795 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4797 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4798 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4799 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4800 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4802 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4803 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4804 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4805 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4806 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4812 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4813 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
4814 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4816 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4817 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4818 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4821 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4823 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4825 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4826 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4832 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4833 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4834 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4835 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17843 45609))
4836 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4838 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4839 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4840 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4841 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4844 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4846 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4847 | | 1:tc or top-center
4848 | | 2:tr or top-right
4849 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4850 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4851 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4852 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4853 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4854 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4856 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4857 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4858 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4859 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4862 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4863 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4864 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4866 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4870 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4874 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4877 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4878 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4879 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4880 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4882 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4884 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4885 Compose characters in the current region.
4887 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4888 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4890 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4892 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4893 specifying the region.
4895 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4896 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4897 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4899 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4900 of the text in the region.
4902 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4904 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4905 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4906 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4907 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4909 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4910 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4913 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4914 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4915 text in the composition.
4917 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4919 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4920 Decompose text in the current region.
4922 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4923 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4925 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4927 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4928 Compose characters in string STRING.
4930 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4931 the characters in it.
4933 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4934 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4935 STRING respectively.
4937 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4938 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4939 `compose-region' for more detail.
4941 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4942 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4943 text in the composition.
4945 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4947 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4948 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4950 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4952 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4953 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4954 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4955 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4956 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4957 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4958 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4959 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4961 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4963 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4964 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4966 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4967 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4969 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4970 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4972 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4973 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4975 If no composition is found, return nil.
4977 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4978 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4980 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4981 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4982 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4984 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4986 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4988 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4989 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4990 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4992 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4994 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4996 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4998 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4999 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5001 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5002 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5003 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5004 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5005 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5006 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5007 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5010 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5012 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5013 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5015 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5017 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5018 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5020 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5022 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5024 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5025 Compose last characters.
5026 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5027 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5028 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5029 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5030 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5031 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5032 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5033 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5034 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5035 after a sequence of character events.
5038 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5040 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5041 Convert CHAR to string.
5043 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5044 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5045 vector of CHAR respectively.
5046 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5048 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5050 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5054 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5055 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5056 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5057 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
5058 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5060 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5061 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5062 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5063 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5064 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5065 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5066 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5068 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5069 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5070 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5072 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5073 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5074 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5076 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5077 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5078 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5079 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5081 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5082 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5083 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5084 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5085 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5086 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5087 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5093 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5094 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5095 Comments start with `#'.
5096 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5098 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5108 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5109 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5110 Comments start with `;'.
5111 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5113 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5115 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5116 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5117 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5119 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5120 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5124 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5125 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5126 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5127 between `/*' and `*/'.
5128 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5130 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5131 // another kind of comment
5143 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5144 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5145 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5146 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5147 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5148 `conf-space-keywords'.
5149 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5150 in an interactive fashion instead.
5152 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5154 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5156 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5160 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5162 # Standard multimedia devices
5163 add /dev/audio desktop
5164 add /dev/mixer desktop
5168 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5169 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5170 See `conf-space-mode'.
5172 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5174 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5175 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5176 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5177 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5179 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5181 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5182 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5186 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5187 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5188 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5189 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5191 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5193 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5194 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5198 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5199 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5200 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5201 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5203 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5212 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5213 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17843 45625))
5214 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5216 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5217 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5218 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5219 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5221 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5223 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5224 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5225 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5226 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5228 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5230 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5231 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5232 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5233 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5235 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5237 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5238 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5240 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5244 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5245 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17843 45615))
5246 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5248 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5249 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5250 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5251 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5252 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5253 following the copyright are updated as well.
5254 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5257 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5259 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5260 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5261 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5265 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5266 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5268 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5272 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5273 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17843 45627))
5274 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5276 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5277 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5278 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5279 Tab indents for Perl code.
5280 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5281 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5283 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5284 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5285 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5286 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5287 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5288 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5289 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5290 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5291 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5292 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5293 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5294 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5296 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5298 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5299 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5301 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5303 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5304 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5305 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5306 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5307 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5308 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5309 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5310 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5311 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5313 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5317 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5318 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5319 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5322 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5323 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5324 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5326 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5328 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5329 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5330 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5331 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5332 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5334 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5344 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5345 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5346 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5347 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5348 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5349 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5350 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5351 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5352 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5353 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5354 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5355 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5356 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5358 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5359 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5360 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5361 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5362 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5363 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5365 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5366 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5369 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5370 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5371 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5372 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5373 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5375 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5376 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5377 span the needed amount of lines.
5379 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5380 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5381 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5382 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5384 Variables controlling indentation style:
5385 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5386 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5387 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5388 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5389 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5390 `cperl-auto-newline'
5391 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5392 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5393 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5394 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5395 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5396 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5397 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5398 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5399 `cperl-indent-level'
5400 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5401 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5402 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5403 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5404 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5405 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5406 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5407 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5408 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5409 `cperl-brace-offset'
5410 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5411 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5412 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5413 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5414 `cperl-label-offset'
5415 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5416 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5417 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5419 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5420 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5421 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5422 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5423 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5424 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5426 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5427 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5428 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5429 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5431 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5432 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5433 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5434 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5435 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5436 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5438 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5439 column 0 is indented on
5440 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5442 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5445 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5446 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5447 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5451 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5452 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5456 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5457 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5463 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5464 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
5465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5467 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5468 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5469 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5470 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5471 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5475 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5476 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5482 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5483 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
5484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5486 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5487 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5488 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5489 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5491 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5492 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5494 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5496 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5497 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5498 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5502 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5506 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5507 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
5508 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5510 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5511 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5512 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5513 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5515 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5516 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5517 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5518 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5520 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5521 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5522 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5524 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5525 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5528 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5529 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5530 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5532 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5534 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5535 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5536 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5538 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5542 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5543 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
5544 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5546 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5547 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5548 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5551 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5553 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5555 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5556 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5557 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5558 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5559 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5561 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5562 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5563 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5564 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5565 function of these prefix keys.
5567 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5568 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5570 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5571 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5572 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5574 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5575 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5576 the prefix fallback behavior.
5578 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5579 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5580 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5581 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5585 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5586 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5589 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5590 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5591 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5592 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5593 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5594 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5595 (if user-init-file (concat
5596 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5597 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5601 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5602 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5603 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5604 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5605 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5606 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5607 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5608 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5609 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5610 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5611 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
5612 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5614 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5615 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5617 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5619 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5620 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5622 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5624 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5625 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5627 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5628 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5630 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5631 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5633 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5634 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5636 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5637 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5639 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5641 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5643 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5644 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5645 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5647 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5648 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5650 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5651 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5653 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5654 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5656 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5657 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5659 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5661 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5663 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5664 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5667 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5668 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5670 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5671 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5673 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5674 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5676 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5677 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5679 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5681 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5683 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5684 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5685 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5686 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5687 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5691 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5692 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5693 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5694 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5698 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5699 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5703 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5704 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5708 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5710 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5711 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5713 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5715 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5717 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5718 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5719 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5721 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5723 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5724 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5725 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5726 as part of Emacs itself.
5728 Each elements looks like this:
5730 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5732 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5733 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5734 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5735 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5736 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5737 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5738 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5741 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5743 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5744 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5745 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5746 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5747 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5749 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5750 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5751 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5752 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5754 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5756 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5757 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5758 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5759 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5760 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5762 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5763 that were added or redefined since that version.
5765 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5767 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5768 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5769 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5770 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5772 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5773 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5775 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5777 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5778 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5779 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5781 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5782 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5784 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5786 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5787 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5791 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5792 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5796 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5797 Customize all already saved user options.
5801 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5802 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5803 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5804 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5805 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5806 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5807 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5808 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5810 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5812 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5813 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5814 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5815 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5817 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5819 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5820 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5822 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5824 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5825 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5827 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5829 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5830 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5831 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5832 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5833 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5836 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5838 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5839 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5840 The result includes selecting that window.
5841 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5842 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5843 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5846 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5848 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5849 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5851 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5853 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5854 File used for storing customization information.
5855 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5856 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5857 it should be an absolute file name.
5859 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5860 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5861 something like the following in your init file:
5863 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5866 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5867 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5869 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5870 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5871 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5872 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5873 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5875 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5876 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5877 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5878 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5879 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5880 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5881 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5882 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5883 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5884 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5886 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5888 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5889 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5893 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5894 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5898 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5899 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5900 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5902 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5904 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5905 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5906 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5907 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5908 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5910 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5914 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5915 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17843 45609))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5918 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5919 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5921 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5923 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5924 Alist of face attributes.
5926 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5927 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5928 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5929 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5930 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5931 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5933 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5934 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5935 customization type TYPE).
5937 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5938 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5939 given face attribute.")
5941 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5942 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5943 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5944 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5946 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5948 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5949 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5950 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5951 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5952 between themes and faces.
5953 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5955 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5956 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5958 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5960 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5961 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5962 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5966 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5968 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5970 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5971 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5972 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5974 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5978 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5980 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5984 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5985 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5988 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5989 Create a custom theme.
5995 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5996 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
5997 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5999 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
6000 Mode used for cvs status output.
6006 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
6007 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17843 45627))
6008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6010 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6011 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6013 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6014 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6015 C++ modes are included.
6017 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6021 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6024 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6025 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6029 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6030 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6031 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6034 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6036 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6038 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6039 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
6040 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6041 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
6042 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
6044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6048 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6049 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6050 ;;;;;; (17843 45620))
6051 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6053 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6054 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6056 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6058 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6059 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6061 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6063 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6064 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6065 For readability, the table is slightly
6066 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6068 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6069 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6070 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6071 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6072 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6074 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6078 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6079 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
6080 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6081 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6082 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6084 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6085 Completion on current word.
6086 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6087 and presents suggestions for completion.
6089 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6090 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6093 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6094 then it searches *all* buffers.
6096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6098 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6099 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6101 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6102 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6103 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6104 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6105 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6107 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6108 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6110 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6111 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6112 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6114 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6115 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6117 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6123 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17843
6125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6127 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6128 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6130 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6131 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6132 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6134 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6135 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6136 Data lines are not indented.
6141 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6143 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6144 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6145 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6146 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6148 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6151 Extra indentation within blocks.
6153 dcl-continuation-offset
6154 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6157 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6159 dcl-margin-label-offset
6160 Indentation for a label.
6162 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6163 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6165 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6166 dcl-block-end-regexp
6167 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6168 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6169 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6170 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6171 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6173 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6174 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6175 Two such functions are included in the package:
6176 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6177 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6179 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6180 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6181 One such function is included in the package:
6182 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6184 dcl-tab-always-indent
6185 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6186 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6189 dcl-electric-characters
6190 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6193 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6194 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6195 which words trigger electric indentation.
6198 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6199 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6200 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6202 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6203 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6204 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6205 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6207 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6208 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6209 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6210 dcl-imenu-label-call
6211 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6213 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6214 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6215 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6216 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6219 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6221 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6222 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6223 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6225 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6226 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6230 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6231 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6232 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6233 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6234 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6235 \"lined up with the command line\"
6237 Data lines are not indented at all.
6238 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6243 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6244 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6250 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6251 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17843 45615))
6252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6254 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6256 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6257 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6258 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6261 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6262 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6263 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6265 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6267 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6268 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6270 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6272 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6273 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6274 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6275 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6276 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6277 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6279 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6280 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6282 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6284 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6285 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6286 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6287 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6288 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6290 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6294 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6295 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
6296 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6298 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6299 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6303 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6304 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6305 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6306 Upper-case letters are commands.
6308 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6311 The most useful commands are:
6312 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6313 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6314 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6315 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6316 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6317 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6323 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6324 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17843
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6328 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6329 Customization of `columns' group.
6333 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6334 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6336 START and END delimits the text region.
6338 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6340 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6341 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6343 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6345 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6349 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17843
6351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6353 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6354 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6355 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6356 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6357 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6358 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6360 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6364 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6365 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6366 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6367 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6368 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6369 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6370 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6371 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6372 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6373 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6374 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6375 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6377 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6378 Directories to search when finding external units.
6379 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6380 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6384 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6385 Face used to color delphi comments.
6386 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6387 Face used to color delphi strings.
6388 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6389 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6390 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6391 Face used to color everything else.
6393 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6394 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6396 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6400 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17843
6402 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6404 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6406 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6407 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6408 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6410 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6411 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6413 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6415 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6416 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6417 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6420 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6421 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6422 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6429 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6430 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17843 45615))
6431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6433 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6434 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6436 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6438 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6439 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6440 or nil if there is no parent.
6441 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6442 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6443 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6444 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6445 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6447 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6448 arguments are currently understood:
6450 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6451 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6453 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6454 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6456 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6457 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6459 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6461 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6463 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6464 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6465 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6467 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6468 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6470 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6471 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6472 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6474 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6475 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6477 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6478 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6480 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6482 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6484 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6485 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6486 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6487 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6488 the first time the mode is used.
6490 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6494 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6495 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17843 45609))
6496 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6498 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6499 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6500 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6501 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6502 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6505 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6507 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6508 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6509 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6510 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6511 character composition information (if relevant),
6512 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6518 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6519 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6520 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6521 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17843 45609))
6522 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6524 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6525 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6526 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6528 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6530 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6531 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6532 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6533 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6534 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6535 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6539 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6540 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6541 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6542 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6544 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6546 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6547 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6548 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6550 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6551 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6552 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6554 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6555 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6557 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6558 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6559 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6561 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6562 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6563 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6564 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6566 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6568 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6569 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6571 Handlers are called with argument list
6573 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6575 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6577 desktop-file-version
6578 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6579 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6580 desktop-buffer-point
6582 desktop-buffer-read-only
6583 desktop-buffer-locals
6585 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6586 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6588 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6591 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6593 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6594 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6596 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6598 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6600 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6601 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6602 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6603 List elements must have the form
6605 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6607 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6610 Handlers are called with argument list
6612 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6614 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6616 desktop-file-version
6617 desktop-buffer-file-name
6619 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6620 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6621 desktop-buffer-point
6623 desktop-buffer-read-only
6626 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6627 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6630 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6633 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6635 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6636 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6638 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6640 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6642 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6644 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6646 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6647 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6648 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6652 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6653 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6654 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6655 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6657 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6659 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6660 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6661 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6665 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6666 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6667 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6668 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6669 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6670 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6671 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6672 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6674 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6676 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6677 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6678 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6682 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6683 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6684 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6685 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6688 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6690 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6691 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6695 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6696 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6702 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6703 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6704 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17843 45616))
6705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6707 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6708 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6709 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6710 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6711 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6712 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6714 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6716 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6717 Repair a broken attribution line.
6718 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6720 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6722 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6723 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6724 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6725 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6727 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6729 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6730 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6736 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6737 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17843 45620))
6738 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6740 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6742 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6745 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6747 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6754 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6755 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17843 45615))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6758 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6759 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6760 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6761 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6762 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6766 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6767 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6768 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6769 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6771 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6772 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6773 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6774 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6777 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6779 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6780 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6781 european-calendar-style t \\
6782 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6783 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6784 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6786 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6787 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6788 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6789 to run it every morning at 1am.
6791 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6793 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6794 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6800 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6801 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17843 45609))
6802 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6804 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6805 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6807 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6809 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6810 *The command to use to run diff.")
6812 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6814 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6815 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6816 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6817 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6818 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6819 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6821 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6823 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6824 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6825 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6826 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6827 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6828 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6830 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6834 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6835 ;;;;;; (17838 18032))
6836 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6838 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6839 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6840 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6842 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6843 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6844 headers for you on-the-fly.
6846 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6847 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6848 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6853 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6854 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6855 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6861 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6862 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6863 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6864 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6865 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17843 45609))
6866 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6868 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6869 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6870 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6871 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6872 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6873 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6874 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6875 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6877 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6879 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6880 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6882 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6883 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6884 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6885 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6886 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6888 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6889 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6891 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6892 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6893 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6894 always set this variable to t.")
6896 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6898 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6899 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6900 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6901 A value of t means move to first file.")
6903 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6905 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6906 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6907 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6908 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6909 are afterward marked with that character.")
6911 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6913 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6914 *Controls marking of copied files.
6915 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6916 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6918 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6920 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6921 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6922 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6923 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6925 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6927 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6928 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6929 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6930 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6932 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6934 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6935 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6936 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6937 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6939 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6941 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6943 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6944 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6945 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6947 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6949 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6950 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6951 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6952 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6953 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6954 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6956 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6957 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6958 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6959 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6960 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6961 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6962 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6963 list of files to make directory entries for.
6964 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6965 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6966 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6967 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6969 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6971 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6972 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6974 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6975 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6977 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6978 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6980 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6981 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6983 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6985 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6986 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6988 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6990 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6991 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6992 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6993 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6994 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6995 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6996 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6997 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6998 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6999 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7000 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
7001 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
7002 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
7003 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7004 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7005 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7006 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7007 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7008 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7009 to see why something went wrong.
7010 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7011 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7012 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7013 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7014 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7015 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7016 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7017 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7018 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7019 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7020 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7021 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7022 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7024 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7025 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7026 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7027 again for the directory tree.
7029 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7032 `dired-listing-switches'
7033 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7034 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7037 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7038 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7039 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7040 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7042 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7044 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7045 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7052 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7053 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7057 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7058 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7059 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7060 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7061 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7062 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7063 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7064 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7065 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7066 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7067 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7068 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7069 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7070 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17843 45609))
7071 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7073 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7074 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7075 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7076 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7077 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7078 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7079 which is options for `diff'.
7081 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7083 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7084 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7085 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7086 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7087 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7088 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7090 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7092 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7093 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7094 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7095 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7096 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7097 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7098 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7100 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7102 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7103 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7104 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7105 returned by function `file-attributes'
7107 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7108 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7110 Examples of PREDICATE:
7112 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7113 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7114 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7115 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7116 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7118 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7120 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7121 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7122 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7126 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7127 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7131 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7132 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7136 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7137 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7142 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7143 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7144 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7145 `lpr-switches' as default.
7147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7149 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7150 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7151 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7152 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7153 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7155 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7156 with a prefix argument.
7160 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7161 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7162 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7163 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7164 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7166 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7167 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7169 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7170 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7171 file name substituted for `?'.
7173 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7174 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7176 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7177 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7178 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7179 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7181 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7183 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7184 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7185 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7187 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7188 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7191 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7192 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7193 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7195 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7197 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7200 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7202 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7203 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7204 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7205 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7206 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7207 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7208 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7209 from the buffer as well.
7210 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7211 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7212 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7214 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7216 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7219 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7221 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7224 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7226 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7227 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7231 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7232 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7236 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7237 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7241 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7242 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7243 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7244 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7246 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7247 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7248 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7249 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7250 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7251 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7252 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7254 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7256 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7259 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7261 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7264 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7266 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7267 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7269 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7271 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7274 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7276 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7279 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7281 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7282 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7284 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7286 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7287 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7288 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7289 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7290 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7291 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7292 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7293 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7294 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7296 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7301 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7302 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7303 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7304 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7305 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7306 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7307 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7308 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7312 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7313 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7314 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7315 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7316 and new hard links are made in that directory
7317 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7318 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7319 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7323 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7324 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7325 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7326 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7327 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7328 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7329 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7333 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7334 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7336 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7337 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7338 file if none are marked.
7340 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7341 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7342 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7343 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7345 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7346 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7348 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7350 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7351 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7352 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7354 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7356 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7357 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7358 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7360 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7362 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7363 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7364 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7366 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7368 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7369 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7373 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7374 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7378 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7379 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7380 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7381 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7382 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7383 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7385 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7387 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7388 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7389 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7390 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7391 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7392 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7393 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7395 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7397 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7398 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7399 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7400 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7401 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7402 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7404 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7406 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7408 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7409 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7410 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7412 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7414 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7415 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7416 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7417 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7421 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7422 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7423 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7424 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7428 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7429 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7430 Lower levels are unaffected.
7432 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7434 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7435 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7439 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7440 Go down in the dired tree.
7444 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7445 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7446 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7447 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7451 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7452 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7453 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7454 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7458 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7459 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7460 Stops when a match is found.
7461 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7463 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7465 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7466 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7467 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7468 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7469 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7471 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7473 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7474 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7475 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7476 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7478 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7482 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17843 45609))
7483 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7485 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7486 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7487 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7488 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7489 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7490 buffer and try again.
7492 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7496 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17843 45609))
7497 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7499 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7500 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7501 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7503 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7505 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7506 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7508 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7509 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7511 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7515 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17843
7517 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7519 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7520 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7521 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7522 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7523 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7524 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7526 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7530 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7531 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7532 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7533 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7534 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17843 45609))
7535 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7537 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7538 Return a new, empty display table.
7542 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7543 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7544 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7545 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7546 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7548 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7550 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7551 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7552 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7553 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7554 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7556 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7558 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7559 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7563 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7564 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7568 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7569 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7573 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7574 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7578 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7579 Display character C using printable string S.
7583 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7584 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7585 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7586 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7588 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7590 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7591 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7592 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7595 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7597 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7598 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7600 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7602 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7603 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7605 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7607 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7608 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7610 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7611 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7612 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7613 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7615 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7616 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7617 European character display.
7619 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7620 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7621 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7622 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7624 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7625 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7626 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7627 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7628 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7634 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7635 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
7636 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7638 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7639 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7640 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7641 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7642 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7643 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7644 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7651 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17843 45609))
7652 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7654 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7655 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7656 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7657 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7658 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7659 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7661 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7662 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7663 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7664 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7665 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7667 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7671 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7672 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17843 45630))
7673 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7675 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7676 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7677 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7678 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7679 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7680 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7681 table and its own syntax table.
7683 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7686 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7688 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7689 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7692 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7696 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17843 45625))
7697 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7699 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7700 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7706 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7707 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
7708 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7710 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7712 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7713 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7715 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7717 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7719 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7721 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7722 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7728 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17843 45625))
7729 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7731 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7732 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7738 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7739 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
7740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7742 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7743 Play sounds in message buffers.
7749 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7750 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7751 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17843 45615))
7752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7754 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7756 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7757 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7758 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7759 and toggle command MODE.
7761 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7762 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7763 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7764 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7765 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7766 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7767 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7768 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7771 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7772 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7773 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7774 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7775 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7776 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7777 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7778 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7779 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7780 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7781 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7782 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7783 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7784 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7785 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7786 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7787 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7789 For example, you could write
7790 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7791 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7794 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7796 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7798 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7799 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7800 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7801 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7802 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7803 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7804 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7805 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7806 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7807 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7808 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7809 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7811 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7812 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7813 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7814 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7815 call another major mode in their body.
7817 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7819 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7820 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7821 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7822 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7823 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7824 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7825 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7827 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7829 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7832 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7834 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7835 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7836 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7838 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7842 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7843 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17843
7845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7847 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7849 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7850 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7852 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7853 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7854 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7856 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7857 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7861 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7862 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7866 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7867 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7871 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7872 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7874 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7876 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7878 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7880 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7881 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7883 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7884 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7886 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7888 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7890 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7894 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7895 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7896 computed automatically.
7897 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7901 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7903 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7904 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7905 keyboard equivalent.
7909 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7910 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7914 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7915 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7919 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7920 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7924 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7928 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7929 radio: A radio button.
7930 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7931 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7933 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7937 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7938 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7942 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7944 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7945 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7946 as a solid horizontal line.
7948 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7950 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7952 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7955 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7957 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7958 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7959 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7960 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7962 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7964 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7965 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7966 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7967 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7968 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7969 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7971 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7972 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7973 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7975 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7976 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7977 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7979 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7980 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7982 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7986 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7987 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7988 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7989 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7990 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7991 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7992 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7993 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17843 45627))
7994 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7996 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7997 Customization for ebnf group.
8001 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8002 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8004 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8006 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8009 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8011 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8013 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8014 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8016 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8017 killed after process termination.
8019 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8021 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8023 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8024 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8026 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8027 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8030 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8031 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8032 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8033 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8035 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8037 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8038 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8039 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8041 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8043 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8044 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8046 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8048 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8051 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8053 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8055 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8056 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8058 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8059 killed after process termination.
8061 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8063 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8065 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8066 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8067 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8068 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8070 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8074 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8075 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8076 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8078 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8080 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8082 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8083 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8085 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8087 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8090 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8092 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8094 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8095 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8097 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8098 killed after EPS generation.
8100 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8102 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8104 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8105 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
8107 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8108 The EPS file name has the following form:
8110 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8112 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8113 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8115 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8116 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8117 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8118 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8120 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8124 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8125 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8127 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8128 The EPS file name has the following form:
8130 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8132 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8133 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8135 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8136 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8137 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8138 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8140 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8142 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8144 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8146 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8147 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8149 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8151 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8154 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8156 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8158 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8159 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8161 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8162 killed after syntax checking.
8164 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8166 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8168 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8169 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8173 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8174 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8176 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8178 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8179 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8183 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8184 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8186 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8188 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8190 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8193 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8197 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8198 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8200 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8202 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8204 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8205 Set STYLE as the current style.
8207 It returns the old style symbol.
8209 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8213 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8214 Reset current style.
8216 It returns the old style symbol.
8218 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8220 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8222 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8223 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8225 It returns the old style symbol.
8227 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8229 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8231 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8232 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8234 It returns the old style symbol.
8236 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8242 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8243 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8244 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8245 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8246 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8247 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8248 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8249 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8250 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8251 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8252 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17827
8254 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8256 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8257 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8258 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8259 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8260 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8261 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8263 Tree mode key bindings:
8264 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8268 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8269 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8273 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8274 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8276 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8280 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8281 View declaration of member at point.
8285 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8286 Find declaration of member at point.
8290 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8291 View definition of member at point.
8295 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8296 Find definition of member at point.
8300 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8301 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8305 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8306 View definition of member at point in other window.
8310 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8311 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8315 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8316 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8320 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8321 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8325 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8326 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8330 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8331 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8332 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8333 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8336 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8338 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8339 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8340 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8341 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8343 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8345 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8346 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8347 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8348 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8350 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8352 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8353 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8354 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8356 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8358 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8359 Search for call sites of a member.
8360 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8361 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8362 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8363 looks like a function call to the member.
8365 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8367 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8368 Move backward in the position stack.
8369 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8373 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8374 Move forward in the position stack.
8375 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8379 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8380 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8384 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8385 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8389 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8390 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8391 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8392 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8394 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8396 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8397 Display statistics for a class tree.
8403 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8404 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8405 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8407 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8408 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8409 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8410 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8412 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8413 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8414 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8416 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8417 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8418 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8420 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8422 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8428 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8429 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17843 45610))
8430 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8432 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8433 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8434 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8436 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8440 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8441 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8442 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17843 45615))
8443 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8445 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8446 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8447 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8448 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8449 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8451 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8452 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8453 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8454 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8456 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8458 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8459 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8460 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8461 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8463 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8465 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8466 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8467 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8468 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8470 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8472 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8474 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8475 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8476 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8477 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8478 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8480 If you do this on a function definition
8481 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8482 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8483 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8484 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8486 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8487 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8488 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8489 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8494 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8495 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8499 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8500 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8506 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8507 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8508 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8509 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8510 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8511 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8512 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8513 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8514 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8515 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17843 45610))
8516 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8518 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8519 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8521 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8523 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8524 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8526 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8528 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8530 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8532 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8533 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8534 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8535 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8539 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8540 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8542 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8544 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8546 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8547 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8549 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8551 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8553 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8554 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8555 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8556 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8558 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8560 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8562 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8563 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8564 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8565 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8567 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8569 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8571 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8572 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8573 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8574 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8576 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8578 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8580 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8581 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8582 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8583 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8585 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8587 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8589 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8590 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8591 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8592 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8593 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8594 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8596 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8598 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8599 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8600 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8601 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8603 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8605 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8607 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8608 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8609 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8610 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8612 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8614 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8616 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8618 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8619 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8620 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8622 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8623 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8625 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8627 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8628 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8629 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8631 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8632 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8634 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8636 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8637 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8638 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8639 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8640 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8642 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8643 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8645 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8647 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8648 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8649 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8650 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8651 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8653 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8654 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8655 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8657 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8659 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8661 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8662 Merge two files without ancestor.
8664 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8666 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8667 Merge two files with ancestor.
8669 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8671 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8673 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8674 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8676 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8678 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8679 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8681 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8683 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8684 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8685 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8688 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8690 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8691 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8692 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8695 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8697 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8698 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8699 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8700 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8704 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8705 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8706 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8707 and don't ask the user.
8708 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8709 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8711 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8713 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8714 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8715 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8716 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8717 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8718 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8719 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8720 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8722 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8724 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8726 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8728 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8729 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8730 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8731 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8732 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8734 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8736 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8738 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8739 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8740 When called interactively, displays the version.
8744 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8745 Display Ediff's manual.
8746 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8748 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8752 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8753 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8754 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8756 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17843 45610))
8764 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8766 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8767 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8769 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8771 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8775 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8776 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8777 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8779 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8780 Display Ediff's registry.
8784 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8788 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8789 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17843 45610))
8790 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8792 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8793 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8794 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8799 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8800 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8801 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8802 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8808 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8809 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8810 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8811 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8813 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8814 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8815 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8817 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8818 Edit a keyboard macro.
8819 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8820 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8821 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8823 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8825 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8827 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8828 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8830 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8832 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8833 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8835 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8837 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8838 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8839 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8840 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8841 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8842 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8844 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8845 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8846 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8847 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8849 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8851 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8852 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8853 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8854 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8855 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8856 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8858 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8862 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8863 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17843 45615))
8864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8866 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8868 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8869 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8871 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8873 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8874 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8880 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8881 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8882 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8884 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8885 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8886 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8887 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8888 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8889 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8890 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8891 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8893 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8894 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8896 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8897 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8898 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8899 this value is non-nil.
8901 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8902 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8903 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8905 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8906 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8907 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8909 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8911 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8914 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8918 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8919 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17843 45615))
8920 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8922 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8923 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8925 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8927 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8928 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8929 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8930 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8931 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8932 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8933 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8935 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8939 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8940 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8944 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8945 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8946 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8947 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8948 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8949 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8952 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8953 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8957 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17843
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8961 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8962 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8964 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8965 an elided material again.
8967 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8973 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8974 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
8975 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8977 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8984 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8985 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17843
8987 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8989 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8990 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8991 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8993 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8995 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8996 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8997 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8999 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9001 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9002 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9003 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9005 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9007 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9009 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9010 Display current profiling results.
9011 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9012 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9019 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9020 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
9021 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9023 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9024 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9025 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9027 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9031 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9032 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9033 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9034 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9035 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17167 2962))
9036 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9038 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9039 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9040 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9041 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9042 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9043 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9044 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9045 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9046 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9047 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9048 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9049 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9050 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9051 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9052 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9053 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9055 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9056 Run Emerge on two files.
9058 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9060 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9061 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9063 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9065 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9066 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9068 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9070 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9071 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9073 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9075 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9080 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9085 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9088 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9090 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9093 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9095 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9096 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9098 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9100 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9101 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9103 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9105 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9108 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9112 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9113 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
9114 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9116 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9117 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9118 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9119 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9120 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9121 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9123 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9125 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9126 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9127 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9129 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9130 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9133 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9134 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9135 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9141 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9142 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17843 45630))
9143 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9145 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9146 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9147 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9148 text/enriched format.
9149 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9151 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9152 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9156 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9160 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9163 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9165 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9168 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9172 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9173 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17839 38671))
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9176 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9177 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9181 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9182 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9183 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9184 (server (erc-compute-server))
9185 (port (erc-compute-port))
9186 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9188 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9190 That is, if called with
9192 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9194 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9195 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9196 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9198 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9200 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9201 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9202 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9203 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9205 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17843
9211 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9212 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17843 45616))
9217 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9218 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17843 45616))
9223 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9224 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17843 45616))
9229 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9230 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9234 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9235 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17843 45616))
9236 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9238 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9239 Parser for /dcc command.
9240 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9241 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9242 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9244 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9246 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9247 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9251 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9252 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9254 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9255 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9256 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9259 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9263 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9264 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9265 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9266 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9267 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9268 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9270 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9271 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9273 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9275 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9276 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9277 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9278 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9280 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9282 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9285 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9287 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9288 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9290 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9292 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9293 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9295 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9297 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9298 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9300 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9302 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9303 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9305 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9307 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9308 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9310 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9312 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9313 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9315 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9317 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9318 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9322 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9323 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9329 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17843
9331 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9332 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9334 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9335 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9336 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17843
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9345 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9349 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9350 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17843 45616))
9351 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9352 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9354 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9355 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9356 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9357 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9358 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9359 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9362 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9364 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9367 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9371 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9372 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9373 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9375 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17843 45616))
9383 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9384 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9388 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9389 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17843 45616))
9390 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9391 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9393 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9394 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9395 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9396 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9397 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9398 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9400 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9402 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9403 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9404 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9405 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9407 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9408 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9411 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9412 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9414 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9418 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9419 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9420 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9421 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9422 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9423 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9425 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9426 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9430 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9431 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9435 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9436 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9440 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9441 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9445 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9446 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9450 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9451 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9455 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9456 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9460 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9461 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17843 45616))
9468 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9469 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9473 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9474 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9475 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9476 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9478 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9485 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9486 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17843 45616))
9487 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9489 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9490 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9491 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9492 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9496 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9497 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9503 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9504 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17843 45616))
9505 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9506 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9508 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9509 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9510 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9511 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9513 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9515 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17843 45616))
9523 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9524 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17843
9530 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9531 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17843 45616))
9536 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9537 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17843 45616))
9542 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9543 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9547 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9548 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17843 45616))
9549 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9550 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9552 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9553 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9557 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9558 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9559 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9561 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17843 45616))
9566 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9567 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9571 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9572 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9573 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9575 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9576 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9577 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17843
9585 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9586 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17843 45616))
9591 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9592 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17843 45616))
9597 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9598 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9599 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9603 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9604 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17843 45616))
9605 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9606 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9608 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9609 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9610 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9611 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9613 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9615 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9616 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9617 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9623 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9624 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9625 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9627 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9628 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9634 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17843
9636 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9638 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9639 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9647 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17843
9649 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9651 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9652 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9658 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9659 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17843 45616))
9660 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9662 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9663 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9664 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9665 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9666 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9667 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9668 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9669 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9670 buffer selected (or created).
9672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9674 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9675 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9676 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9678 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9680 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9681 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9682 The result might be any Lisp object.
9683 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9684 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9685 corresponding to a successful execution.
9687 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9689 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9690 Report a bug in Eshell.
9691 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9692 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9698 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9699 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9700 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9701 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9702 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9703 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9704 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9705 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
9706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9708 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9709 *File name of tags table.
9710 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9711 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9712 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9713 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9715 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9716 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9717 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9718 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9720 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9722 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9723 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9724 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9725 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9726 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9727 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9729 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9731 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9732 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9733 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9734 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9735 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9736 `auto-compression-mode').")
9738 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9740 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9741 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9742 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9743 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9744 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9746 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9748 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9749 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9750 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9751 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9753 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9755 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9756 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9757 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9758 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9759 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9761 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9763 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9764 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9768 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9769 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9770 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9771 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9773 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9774 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9775 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9776 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9777 file the tag was in.
9779 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9781 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9782 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9783 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9784 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9785 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9786 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9787 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9788 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9789 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9791 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9793 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9794 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9795 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9796 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9797 without directory names.
9801 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9802 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9803 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9804 but does not select the buffer.
9805 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9807 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9808 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9809 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9810 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9811 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9813 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9815 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9816 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9817 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9819 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9821 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9823 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9824 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9825 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9826 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9828 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9829 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9830 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9831 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9832 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9834 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9836 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9837 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9838 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9840 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9842 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9843 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9845 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9846 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9847 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9848 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9849 around or before point.
9851 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9852 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9853 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9854 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9855 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9857 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9859 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9860 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9861 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9863 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9865 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9866 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9868 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9869 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9870 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9871 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9872 around or before point.
9874 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9875 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9876 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9877 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9878 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9880 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9882 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9883 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9884 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9886 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9888 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9889 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9891 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9892 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9893 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9895 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9896 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9897 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9898 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9899 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9901 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9903 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9904 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9905 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9907 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9909 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9910 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9911 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9913 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9914 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9916 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9917 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9918 where they were found.
9922 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9923 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9925 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9926 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9927 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9929 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9930 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9932 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9933 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9935 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9937 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9938 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9939 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9940 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9942 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9943 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9944 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9945 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9946 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9948 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9949 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9951 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9952 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9953 Stops when a match is found.
9954 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9956 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9958 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9960 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9961 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9962 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9963 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9964 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9966 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9968 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9970 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9971 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9972 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9973 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9974 directory specification.
9976 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9978 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9979 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9981 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9983 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9984 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9985 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9986 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9990 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9991 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9992 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9993 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9994 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10000 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10001 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10002 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10003 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10004 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10005 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10006 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10007 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17843 45620))
10008 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10010 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10015 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10016 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10017 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10018 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10020 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10021 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10024 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10025 even if the buffer is read-only.
10027 See also the descriptions of the variables
10028 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10029 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10031 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10033 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10034 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10036 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10037 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10039 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10040 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10043 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10044 buffer is read-only.
10046 See also the descriptions of the variables
10047 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10048 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10050 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10052 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10053 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10054 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10058 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10059 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10061 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10062 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10064 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10065 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10069 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10070 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10071 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10072 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10074 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10076 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10077 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10078 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10079 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10081 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10082 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10083 the primary language.
10085 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10086 buffer is read-only.
10088 See also the descriptions of the variables
10089 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10090 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10092 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10094 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10095 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10096 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10097 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10099 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10100 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10103 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10104 buffer is read-only.
10106 See also the descriptions of the variables
10107 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10108 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10110 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10112 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10113 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10114 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10118 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10119 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10121 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10122 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10123 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10124 3) convert the body into SERA.
10126 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10130 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10131 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10132 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10134 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10136 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10137 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10141 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10142 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10144 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10145 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10148 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10149 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10150 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10152 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10154 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10156 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10157 Allow the user to input special characters.
10161 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10162 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10163 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10167 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10168 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10172 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10173 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10175 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10176 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10178 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10179 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10183 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10184 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10188 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10189 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10193 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10194 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10200 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10201 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10202 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
10203 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10205 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10206 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10207 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10208 server for future sessions.
10210 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10212 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10213 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10214 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10216 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10218 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10219 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10220 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10222 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10224 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10225 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10226 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10227 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10228 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10229 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10230 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10231 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10232 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10233 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10234 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10235 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10237 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10239 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10240 Display a form to query the directory server.
10241 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10242 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10244 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10246 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10247 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10248 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10252 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
10256 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10257 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10258 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17843 45624))
10259 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10261 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
10262 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10264 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10266 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
10267 Display URL and make it clickable.
10269 \(fn URL)" nil nil
)
10271 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
10272 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10274 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
10276 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
10277 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10279 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10281 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
10282 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10284 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10286 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
10287 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10289 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10293 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10294 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17843 45624))
10295 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10297 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
10298 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10299 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10303 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
10304 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10310 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10311 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
10312 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10314 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10315 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10321 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17843
10323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10325 (autoload (quote ewoc-create
) "ewoc" "\
10326 Create an empty ewoc.
10328 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10330 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10331 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10332 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10333 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10334 `insert-before-markers'.
10336 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10337 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10338 respectively, of the ewoc.
10340 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10341 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10342 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10344 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10348 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10349 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10350 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10351 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
10352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10354 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p
) "executable" "\
10355 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10356 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10358 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10360 (autoload (quote executable-interpret
) "executable" "\
10361 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10362 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10363 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10364 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10366 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10368 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
10369 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10370 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10371 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10372 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10375 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10377 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
10378 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10379 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10383 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
10384 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10385 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10392 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10393 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17843 45610))
10394 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10396 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
10397 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10398 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10399 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10401 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10403 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10404 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10405 to generate such functions.
10407 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10408 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10409 beginning of the expanded text.
10411 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10412 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10413 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10414 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10416 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10418 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10420 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
10421 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10422 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10426 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
10427 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10428 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10431 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10432 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10436 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17843 45627))
10437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10439 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
10440 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10441 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10443 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10444 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10445 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10447 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10452 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10455 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10457 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10459 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10460 `f90-program-indent'
10461 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10463 `f90-continuation-indent'
10464 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10465 `f90-comment-region'
10466 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10467 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10468 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10469 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10471 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10472 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10473 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10474 `f90-break-delimiters'
10475 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10476 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10477 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10478 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10480 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10481 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10483 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10484 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10485 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10486 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10487 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10488 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10489 `f90-leave-line-no'
10490 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10492 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10493 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10499 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10500 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10501 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10502 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10503 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17843 45610))
10504 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10505 (define-key global-map
"\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap
)
10506 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
10508 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
10509 Menu keymap for faces.")
10511 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
10513 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
10514 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10516 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
10518 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
10519 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10521 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
10523 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10524 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10526 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10528 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10529 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10531 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10533 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10534 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10536 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10538 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10539 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10541 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10543 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10545 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10547 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10549 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10550 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10552 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10553 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10554 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10555 to the faces to use for the next character
10556 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10557 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10559 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10560 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10561 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10562 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10563 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10564 preceding faces (including FACE).
10566 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10567 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10569 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10571 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10572 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10573 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10575 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10576 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10579 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10580 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10581 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10583 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10585 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10586 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10587 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10589 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10590 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10593 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10594 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10595 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10597 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10599 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10600 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10601 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10602 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10603 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10604 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10605 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10607 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10608 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10611 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10612 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10613 to insert cancels the specification.
10615 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10617 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10618 Make the region invisible.
10619 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10620 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10622 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10624 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10625 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10626 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10627 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10629 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10631 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10632 Make the region unmodifiable.
10633 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10634 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10636 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10638 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10639 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10641 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10643 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10644 Remove all text properties from the region.
10646 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10648 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10649 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10650 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10652 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10654 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10655 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10657 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10659 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10660 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10661 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10662 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10663 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10664 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10666 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10670 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10671 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17843 45625))
10672 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10674 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10675 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10676 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10677 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10679 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10681 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10682 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10683 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10685 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10686 - When you save the file's buffer.
10687 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10688 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10689 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10690 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10692 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10694 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10695 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10696 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10697 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10701 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10702 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10706 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10710 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10711 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10712 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17743 18143))
10713 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10715 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10716 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10717 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10718 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10722 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10723 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10727 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10728 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10729 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10730 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10734 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10735 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10736 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10737 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10738 backup file names and the like).
10740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10742 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10743 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10744 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10745 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10746 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10747 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10748 internally by feedmail):
10750 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10751 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10752 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10753 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10755 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10756 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10757 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10758 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10759 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10761 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10765 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10766 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17838 18033))
10767 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10769 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10770 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10771 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10772 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10773 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10774 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10775 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10777 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10779 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10780 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10781 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10782 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10783 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10784 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10785 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10787 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10789 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10791 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10792 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10793 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10794 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10795 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10796 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10798 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10800 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10801 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10802 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10804 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10805 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10810 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10811 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10813 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10815 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10816 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10822 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10823 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10824 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10825 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17843 45610))
10826 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10828 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10829 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10830 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10831 be added to the cache.
10833 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10835 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10836 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10837 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10838 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10839 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10841 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10843 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10844 Add FILE to the file cache.
10848 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10849 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10850 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10852 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10854 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10855 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10856 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10858 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10860 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10861 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10862 This function does not use any external programs
10863 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10864 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10865 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10867 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10869 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10870 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10871 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10872 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10873 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10874 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10875 \(directories) is done.
10878 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10879 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10880 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10884 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17843
10886 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10888 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10889 Filesets initialization.
10890 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17843 45630))
10897 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10898 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10902 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10903 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10904 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
10905 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10907 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10908 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10909 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10910 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10911 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10913 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10915 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10916 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10917 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10918 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10919 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10921 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10923 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10924 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10925 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10926 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10928 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10930 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10931 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10932 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10934 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10936 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10937 as the final argument.
10939 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10941 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10942 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10943 and run dired on those files.
10944 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10945 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10947 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10949 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10951 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10952 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10953 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10955 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10957 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10959 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10963 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10964 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10965 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
10966 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10968 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10969 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10970 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10971 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10972 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10973 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10974 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10976 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10977 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10978 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10980 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10982 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10984 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10986 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10987 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10988 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10990 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10991 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10993 Variables of interest include:
10995 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10996 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10997 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10999 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11000 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11001 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11003 - `ff-ignore-include'
11004 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11006 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11007 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11010 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11012 - `ff-special-constructs'
11013 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11014 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11015 extracting the filename from that construct.
11017 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11018 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11020 - `ff-search-directories'
11021 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11022 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11024 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11025 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11027 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11028 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11030 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11031 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11033 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11034 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11036 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11037 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11039 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11041 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11042 Visit the file you click on.
11044 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11046 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11047 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11049 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11053 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11054 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11055 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11056 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11057 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11058 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11059 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17843 45615))
11060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11062 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11063 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11065 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11067 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11068 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11069 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11070 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11072 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11073 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11074 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11075 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11077 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11079 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11080 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11082 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11083 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11084 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11085 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11087 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11088 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11091 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11093 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11094 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11096 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11097 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11098 places point before the definition.
11099 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11101 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11102 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11103 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11105 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11107 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11108 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11110 See `find-function' for more details.
11112 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11114 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11115 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11117 See `find-function' for more details.
11119 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11121 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11122 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11124 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11125 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11126 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11128 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11129 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11131 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11133 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11134 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11136 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11137 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11138 places point before the definition.
11140 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11142 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11143 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11144 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11146 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11148 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11149 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11151 See `find-variable' for more details.
11153 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11155 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11156 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11158 See `find-variable' for more details.
11160 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11162 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11163 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11164 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11165 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11166 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11167 buffer nor display it.
11169 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11170 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11172 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11174 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11175 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11177 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11178 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11179 places point before the definition.
11181 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11183 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11184 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11185 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11189 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11190 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11191 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11195 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11196 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11200 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11201 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11205 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11206 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11212 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11213 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17843 45610))
11214 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11216 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11217 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11219 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11221 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11222 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11226 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11227 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11229 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11233 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11234 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17843 45610))
11235 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11237 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11238 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11242 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11243 Display FILE's commentary section.
11244 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11248 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11249 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11255 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11256 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17843 45610))
11257 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11259 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11260 Toggle flow control handling.
11261 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11262 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11264 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11266 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11267 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11268 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11269 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11270 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11271 to get the effect of a C-q.
11273 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11277 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11278 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
11279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11281 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11284 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11286 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11289 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11293 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11294 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17843 45627))
11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11297 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11298 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11299 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11300 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11304 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11305 Turn flymake mode on.
11309 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11310 Turn flymake mode off.
11316 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11317 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11318 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17843 45630))
11319 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11321 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11322 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11325 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11327 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11328 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11329 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11330 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11331 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11332 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11335 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11336 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11337 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11338 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11341 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11344 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11345 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11346 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11348 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11350 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11351 in your .emacs file.
11353 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11354 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11358 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11359 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11363 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11364 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11368 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11369 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11373 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11374 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11376 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11378 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11379 Flyspell whole buffer.
11385 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11386 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11387 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
11388 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11390 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11391 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11395 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11396 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11400 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11401 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11403 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11404 of two major techniques:
11406 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11407 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11408 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11410 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11411 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11412 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11415 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11416 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11417 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11418 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11419 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11422 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11423 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11425 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11427 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11428 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11429 \(This is the default.)
11431 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11432 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11434 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11435 \\{follow-mode-map}
11437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11439 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11440 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11442 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11443 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11444 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11445 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11446 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11447 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11449 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11450 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11451 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11453 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11454 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11455 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11461 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17843
11463 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11465 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11466 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11467 \\<message-mode-map>
11471 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11472 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11473 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11474 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11475 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11476 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11482 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11483 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17843 45610))
11484 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11486 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11487 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11489 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11490 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11491 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11492 C-c < forms-first-record <
11493 C-c > forms-last-record >
11494 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11495 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11496 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11497 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11498 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11499 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11500 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11501 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11502 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11503 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11505 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11507 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11508 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11512 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11513 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11519 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11520 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17843 45628))
11521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11523 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11524 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11525 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11526 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11527 with a character in column 6.")
11529 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11531 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11532 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11533 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11535 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11536 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11538 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11541 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11543 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11545 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11546 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11547 `fortran-do-indent'
11548 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11549 `fortran-if-indent'
11550 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11551 `fortran-structure-indent'
11552 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11554 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11555 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11556 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11557 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11558 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11559 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11560 nil don't change the indentation
11561 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11563 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11564 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11565 depending on the continuation format in use.
11566 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11567 indentation for a line of code.
11569 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11570 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11571 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11572 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11573 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11574 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11575 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11576 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11577 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11578 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11580 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11581 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11582 statements (default nil).
11583 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11584 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11585 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11586 `fortran-continuation-string'
11587 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11588 line (default \"$\").
11589 `fortran-comment-region'
11590 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11591 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11592 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11593 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11594 as typed (default t).
11595 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11596 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11598 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11599 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11605 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11606 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17843 45625))
11607 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11609 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11610 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11612 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11613 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11615 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11617 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11618 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11620 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11621 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11623 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11625 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11626 Compile fortune file.
11628 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11629 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11631 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11633 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11634 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11636 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11637 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11638 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11639 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11641 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11643 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11644 Display a fortune cookie.
11646 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11647 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11648 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11649 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11651 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11655 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11656 ;;;;;; (17844 62923))
11657 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11659 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11660 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11661 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11662 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11664 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11665 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11666 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11667 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11669 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11670 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11671 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11672 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11673 some of the buffers.
11675 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11677 The following commands help control operation :
11679 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11680 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11682 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11683 detailed description of this mode.
11686 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11688 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11689 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11693 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11694 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11695 | | (comint-mode) |
11702 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11703 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11704 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11705 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11706 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11707 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11709 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11711 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11712 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11714 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11718 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11719 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17843
11721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11723 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11724 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11725 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11726 instead (which see).")
11728 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11729 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11731 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11732 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11733 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11734 documentation string instead.
11736 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11737 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11738 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11739 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11740 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11741 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11742 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11743 enders are actually possible.
11745 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11746 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11748 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11749 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11750 `font-lock-keywords'.
11752 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11753 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11754 runs the macro expansion.
11756 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11757 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11758 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11760 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11762 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11764 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11765 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11767 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11769 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11770 Enter generic mode MODE.
11772 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11773 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11774 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11776 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11777 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11781 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11782 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11783 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11784 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11785 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11786 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11787 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11788 `font-lock-keywords'.
11790 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11794 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11795 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
11796 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11798 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11799 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11800 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11801 at places they belong to.
11803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11807 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11808 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17843 45616))
11809 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11811 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11812 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11814 Guideline for numbers:
11815 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11816 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11819 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11821 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11822 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11823 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11825 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11827 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11828 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11830 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11832 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11833 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11835 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11836 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11837 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11838 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11839 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11840 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11842 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11843 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11844 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11845 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11846 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11848 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11850 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11854 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11855 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17843 45617))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11857 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11858 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11860 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11861 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11865 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11867 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11868 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11869 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11870 name of an NNTP server to use.
11871 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11874 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11876 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11877 Read news as a slave.
11879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11881 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11882 Pop up a frame to read news.
11883 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11884 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11885 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11886 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11887 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11888 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11889 current display is used.
11891 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11893 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11895 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11896 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11897 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11899 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11903 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11904 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11905 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11906 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11907 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11908 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17843 45616))
11909 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11911 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11912 Start Gnus unplugged.
11916 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11917 Start Gnus plugged.
11921 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11922 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11926 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11927 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11929 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11930 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11931 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11933 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11934 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11935 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11939 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11940 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11944 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11945 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11946 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11947 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11948 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11951 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11953 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11954 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11955 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11956 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11957 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11960 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11962 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11963 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11967 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11968 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11969 downloaded into the agent.
11971 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11973 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11974 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11975 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11976 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11978 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11980 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11981 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11985 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11986 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11990 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11991 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11992 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11994 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11998 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11999 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
12000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12002 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12003 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12009 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12010 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
12011 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12013 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12014 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12020 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12021 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12022 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17843
12024 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12026 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12027 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12030 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12034 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12035 Generate the cache active file.
12037 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12039 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12040 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12044 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12045 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12046 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12047 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12048 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12051 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12053 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12054 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12055 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12056 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12057 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12060 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12064 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12065 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17843 45616))
12066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12068 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12069 Delay this article by some time.
12070 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12072 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12073 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12075 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12076 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12078 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12079 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12081 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12083 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12084 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12088 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12089 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12090 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12091 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12093 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12094 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12096 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12100 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12101 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17843 45616))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12104 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12107 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12109 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12112 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12116 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12117 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
12118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12120 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12121 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12127 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12128 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
12129 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12131 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12132 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12138 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12139 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12140 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17843
12142 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12144 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12145 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12149 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12150 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12154 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12155 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12159 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12160 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12164 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12165 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12166 The PNG is returned as a string.
12168 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12170 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12171 Convert FILE to a Face.
12172 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12175 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12179 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12180 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17843 45617))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12183 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12184 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12185 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12187 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12189 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12190 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12192 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12196 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12197 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12200 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12202 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12203 Run batched scoring.
12204 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12210 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12211 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12212 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12213 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12215 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12220 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12221 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12222 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12224 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12226 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12227 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12229 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12235 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12236 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12237 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12240 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12241 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12242 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12243 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12246 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12247 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12248 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12249 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12251 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12252 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12253 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12254 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12255 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12256 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12257 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12258 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12259 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12260 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12262 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12264 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12265 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12266 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12269 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12270 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12272 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12274 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12275 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12276 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12278 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12282 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12283 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12284 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12286 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12288 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12289 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12290 existing groups are considered.
12292 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12293 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12296 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12297 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12298 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12299 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12300 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12301 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12302 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12303 clauses will be generated.
12305 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12306 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12307 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12308 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12309 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12310 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12312 For example, given the following group parameters:
12315 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12316 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12318 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12319 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12320 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12321 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12323 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12325 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12327 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12329 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12330 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12333 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12337 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12338 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12341 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12342 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12343 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12345 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12349 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12350 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17843 45617))
12351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12353 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12354 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12355 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12356 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12358 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12360 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12363 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12365 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12366 Like `message-reply'.
12368 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12370 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12374 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12375 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17843 45617))
12376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12378 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12379 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12383 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12384 Load the NoCeM cache.
12390 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12391 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12392 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12395 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12396 Display picons in the From header.
12397 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12401 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12402 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12403 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12407 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12408 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12409 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12415 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12416 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12417 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12418 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12419 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17843 45617))
12420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12422 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12423 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12424 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12425 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12427 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12429 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12430 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12431 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12434 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12436 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12437 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12438 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12440 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12442 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12445 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12447 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12448 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12449 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12451 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12453 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12454 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12455 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12457 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12459 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12461 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12462 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12463 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12465 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12467 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12468 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12469 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12471 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12473 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12474 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12475 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12477 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12479 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12480 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12482 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12486 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12487 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17843 45617))
12488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12490 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12495 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12496 Install the registry hooks.
12502 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12503 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17843
12505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12507 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12508 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12509 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12510 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12511 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12512 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12516 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12517 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12518 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12519 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12520 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12524 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12531 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12532 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12533 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12535 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12536 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12537 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12538 for matching on group names.
12540 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12541 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12543 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12545 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12551 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12552 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12553 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12555 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12556 Update the format specification near point.
12562 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12563 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17843
12565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12567 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12568 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12570 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12572 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12579 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12580 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12581 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12583 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12584 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12586 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12590 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17843 45626))
12591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12593 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12594 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12596 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12597 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12598 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12600 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12601 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12602 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12604 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12605 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12607 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12608 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12610 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12612 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12616 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12617 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17843 45624))
12618 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12620 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12622 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12623 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12624 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12625 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12626 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12628 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12630 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12631 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12632 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12634 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12635 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12637 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12638 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12641 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12645 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12646 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12647 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17843 45628))
12648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12650 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12651 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12653 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12655 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12656 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12657 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12658 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12659 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12661 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12662 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12664 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12666 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12667 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12668 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12669 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12671 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12673 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12674 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12676 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12678 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12679 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12681 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12682 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12683 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12685 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12686 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12687 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12689 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12690 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12692 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12693 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12695 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12697 (defvar grep-history nil)
12699 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12701 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12702 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12703 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12707 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12712 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12713 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12717 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12718 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12719 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12720 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12721 where grep found matches.
12723 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12724 easily repeat a grep command.
12726 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12727 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12728 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12729 if that history list is empty).
12731 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12733 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12734 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12735 Collect output in a buffer.
12736 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12737 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12739 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12740 easily repeat a find command.
12742 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12744 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12746 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12747 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12748 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12749 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12750 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12752 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12753 before it is executed.
12754 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12756 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12757 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12758 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12760 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12762 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12764 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12765 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12766 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12767 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12768 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12770 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12771 before it is executed.
12772 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12774 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12775 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12776 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12778 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12780 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12784 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17843 45610))
12785 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12787 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12788 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12789 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12790 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12791 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12793 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12797 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12798 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17843 45628))
12799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12801 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12802 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12803 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12804 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12805 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12806 `gdba' for more information.
12808 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12809 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12810 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12811 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12812 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12815 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12817 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12818 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12819 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12820 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12822 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12824 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12825 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12826 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12827 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12829 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12831 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12832 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12833 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12834 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12836 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12837 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12839 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12841 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12842 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12843 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12844 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12846 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12848 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12849 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12850 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12851 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12853 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12855 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12856 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12857 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12858 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12859 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12861 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12862 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12863 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12864 original source file access method.
12866 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12867 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12869 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12871 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12872 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12873 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12874 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12876 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12877 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12879 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12881 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12882 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12888 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17843
12890 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12892 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12893 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12894 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12895 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12897 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12898 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12899 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12900 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12906 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12907 ;;;;;; (17743 18144))
12908 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12910 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12911 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12913 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12915 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12916 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12917 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12918 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12920 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12924 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12925 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12926 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12927 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12934 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12935 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12936 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12937 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17843 45610))
12938 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12940 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12941 Return the help-echo string at point.
12942 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12943 property, or nil, is returned.
12944 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12945 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12946 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12948 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12950 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12951 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12952 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12953 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12954 this produces no string either, return nil.
12958 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12959 Display local help in the echo area.
12960 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12961 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12962 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12965 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12966 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12967 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12971 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12972 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12973 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12977 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12978 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12979 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12983 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12984 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12985 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12986 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12987 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12988 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12989 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12990 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12991 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12992 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12993 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12995 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12996 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12997 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12998 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12999 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13001 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13002 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13003 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13004 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13005 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13006 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13007 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13008 The default is `never'.")
13010 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13012 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13013 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13014 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13015 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13016 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13017 considered different regions.
13019 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13020 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13021 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13022 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13023 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13024 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13025 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13026 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13027 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13029 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13031 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13032 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13033 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13034 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13037 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13038 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13039 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13040 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13041 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13042 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13043 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13044 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13046 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13047 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13048 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13049 rarely happens in practice.
13051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13053 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13054 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13055 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13056 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13057 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13058 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13064 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13065 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13066 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13067 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
13068 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13070 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13071 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13073 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13075 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13076 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13077 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13079 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13081 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13082 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13084 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13086 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13089 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13091 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13092 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13093 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13094 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13096 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13098 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13099 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13100 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13101 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13102 it is displayed along with the global value.
13104 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13106 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13107 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13108 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13109 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13111 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13113 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13114 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13115 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13116 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13117 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13119 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13123 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13124 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
13125 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13127 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13128 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13129 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13130 and window listing and describing the options.
13131 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13132 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13134 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13138 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13139 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13140 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17843 45610))
13141 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13143 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13144 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13145 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13151 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13156 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13161 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13162 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13164 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13165 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13166 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13167 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13169 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13170 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13171 restore it properly when going back.
13173 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13175 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13176 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13178 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13179 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13180 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13181 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13182 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13183 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13184 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13185 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13187 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13188 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13189 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13190 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13192 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13193 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13196 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13198 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13199 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13200 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13201 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13202 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13203 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13205 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13207 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13208 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13209 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13210 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13211 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13213 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13215 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13216 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13218 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13222 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13223 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17843 45615))
13224 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13226 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13227 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13231 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13232 Provide help for current mode.
13238 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13239 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17844 62922))
13240 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13242 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13243 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13244 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13245 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13246 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13248 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13249 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13251 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13252 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13253 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13254 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13256 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13257 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13260 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13265 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13266 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13267 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13268 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13269 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13270 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13271 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13272 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13273 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13274 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13275 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13276 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13277 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13278 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13279 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13281 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13282 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13283 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13285 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13288 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13290 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13291 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13292 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13294 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13295 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13296 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13298 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13299 into the buffer at the current point.
13301 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13302 into the buffer at the current point.
13304 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13305 into the buffer at the current point.
13307 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13309 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13310 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13312 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13314 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13318 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13319 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13320 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13321 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13323 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13325 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13326 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13327 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13333 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13334 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13335 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13336 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
13337 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13339 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13340 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13342 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13343 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13344 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13345 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13346 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13347 called interactively, are:
13349 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13350 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13352 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13353 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13354 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13355 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13357 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13358 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13360 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13361 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13363 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13364 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13365 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13366 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13367 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13368 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13370 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13371 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13373 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13374 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13376 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13377 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13378 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13379 Patterns will be read until
13381 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13385 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13386 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13387 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13388 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13389 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13390 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13392 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13394 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13395 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13396 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13397 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13398 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13402 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13404 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13405 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13407 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13408 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13409 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13410 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13412 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13414 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13416 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13417 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13419 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13420 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13421 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13422 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13424 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13426 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13428 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13429 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13431 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13432 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13434 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13436 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13438 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13439 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13441 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13442 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13443 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13444 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13445 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13447 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13449 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13450 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13452 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13453 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13454 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13460 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13461 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17843 45628))
13462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13464 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13465 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13466 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13467 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13468 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13469 how the hiding is done:
13472 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13473 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13476 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13477 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13478 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13479 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13480 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13483 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13484 #endif lines when hiding.
13486 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13487 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13490 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13491 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13492 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13494 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13498 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13499 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13501 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13503 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13504 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13506 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13508 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13509 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13511 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13515 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13516 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
13517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13519 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13520 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13521 Each element has the form
13522 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13524 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13525 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13527 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13528 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13530 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13531 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13532 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13533 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13534 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13535 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13537 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13538 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13540 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13541 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13543 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13544 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13545 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13547 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13548 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13549 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13550 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13551 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13552 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13554 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13555 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13556 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13558 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13559 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13561 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13564 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13570 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13571 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13572 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13573 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13574 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17843 45610))
13575 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13577 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13578 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13579 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13581 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13583 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13584 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13586 Without an argument:
13587 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13588 or passive state as determined by the variable
13589 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13592 With an argument ARG:
13593 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13594 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13595 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13597 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13598 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13599 not displayed in a different face.
13602 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13603 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13604 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13605 buffer with the contents of a file
13606 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13607 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13611 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13612 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13613 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13617 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13618 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13622 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13623 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13627 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13628 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13630 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13631 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13632 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13633 shown in the last face in the list.
13635 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13636 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13637 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13639 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13643 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13644 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13646 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13648 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13651 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13652 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13654 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13655 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13656 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13658 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13660 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13661 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13663 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13664 this function is called interactively.
13666 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13667 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13668 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13670 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13671 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13672 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13674 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13676 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13677 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13679 When called interactively:
13680 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13681 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13682 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13683 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13685 When called from a program:
13686 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13687 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13688 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13689 - otherwise just turn it on
13691 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13692 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13693 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13694 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13700 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13701 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13702 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13703 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13704 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17843 45610))
13705 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13707 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13708 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13709 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13710 or insert functions in this list.")
13712 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13714 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13715 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13717 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13719 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13720 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13722 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13724 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13725 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13727 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13729 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13730 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13732 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13734 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13735 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13736 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13738 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13740 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13741 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13742 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13745 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13747 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13748 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13749 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13750 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13751 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13753 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13755 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13756 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13757 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13758 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13759 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13761 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13762 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13763 undoes the expansion.
13767 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13768 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13769 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13770 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13772 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13776 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13777 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
13778 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13780 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13781 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13782 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13784 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13785 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13786 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13787 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13788 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13790 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13791 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13792 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13793 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13797 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13798 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13799 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13800 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13801 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13802 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13804 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13806 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13807 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13808 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13810 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13811 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13817 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13818 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
13819 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13821 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13822 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13823 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13825 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13829 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13830 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13832 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13833 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13834 different list. For example,
13836 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13837 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13839 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13840 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13842 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13843 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13844 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13845 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13848 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13850 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13854 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13855 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17843 45625))
13856 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13858 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13859 This function is obsolete.
13860 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13861 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13865 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13866 This function is obsolete.
13867 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13868 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13872 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13873 This function is obsolete.
13874 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13875 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13881 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17843
13883 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13885 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13886 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13892 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13893 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13894 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13895 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13896 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13897 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13898 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13899 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13900 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13901 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13902 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13903 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13904 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13905 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13906 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13907 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13908 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13909 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13910 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13911 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13912 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13913 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13914 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17843 45610))
13915 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13917 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13918 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13919 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13923 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13924 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13926 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13928 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13929 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13931 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13933 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13934 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13936 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13938 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13939 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13943 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13944 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13946 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13948 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13949 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13951 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13952 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13953 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13954 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13955 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13956 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13957 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13958 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13959 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13960 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13961 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13962 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13964 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13967 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13969 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13970 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13974 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13975 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13979 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13980 Remove the first filter group.
13984 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13985 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13987 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13989 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13990 Remove all filter groups.
13994 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13995 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13999 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14000 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14001 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14005 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
14006 Kill the filter group at point.
14007 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14009 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14011 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
14012 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14016 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14017 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14021 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14022 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14023 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14024 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14026 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14028 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14029 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14030 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14034 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14035 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14036 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14037 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14038 of replacing the current filters.
14042 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14043 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14047 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14048 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14052 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14053 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14055 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14056 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14057 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14061 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14062 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14066 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14067 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14071 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14072 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14073 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14076 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14078 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14079 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14080 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14082 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14084 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14085 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14089 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14090 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14094 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14095 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14096 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14097 of replacing the current filters.
14100 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14101 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14102 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14103 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14104 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14105 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14106 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14107 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14109 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14110 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14111 Default sorting modes are:
14112 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14113 Name - the name of the buffer
14114 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14115 Size - the size of the buffer
14119 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14120 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14123 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14124 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14125 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14126 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14128 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14129 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14133 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14134 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14135 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14136 for this Ibuffer session.
14138 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14140 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14141 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14142 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14143 for this Ibuffer session.
14145 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14147 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14148 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14150 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14151 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14153 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14154 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14156 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14158 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14159 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14161 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14162 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14164 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14166 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14167 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14171 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14172 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14174 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14175 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14176 hidden group filter, open it.
14178 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14179 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14180 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14184 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14185 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14186 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14190 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14191 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14193 The names are separated by a space.
14194 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14196 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14197 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14198 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14199 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14201 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14205 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14206 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14208 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14210 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14211 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14213 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14215 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14216 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14218 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14220 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14221 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14225 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14226 Mark all modified buffers.
14230 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14231 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14235 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14236 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14240 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14241 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14245 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14246 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14250 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14251 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14255 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14256 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14260 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14261 Mark all read-only buffers.
14265 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14266 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14270 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14271 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14272 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14275 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14279 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14280 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17843
14282 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14284 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14285 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14287 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14288 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14289 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14291 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14292 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14293 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14294 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14295 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14296 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14298 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14299 title of the column.
14301 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14302 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14303 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14304 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14305 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14307 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14309 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14310 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14311 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14312 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14313 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14315 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14316 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14317 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14319 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14321 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14322 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14323 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14324 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14325 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14326 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14328 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14329 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14330 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14331 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14332 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14333 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14334 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14335 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14337 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14338 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14339 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14340 buffer's modification flag.
14341 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14342 prompted before performing this operation.
14343 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14344 operation is complete, in the form:
14345 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14346 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14347 confirmation message, in the form:
14348 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14349 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14350 macro for exactly what it does.
14352 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14354 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14355 Define a filter named NAME.
14356 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14357 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14358 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14360 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14361 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14362 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14363 bound to the current value of the filter.
14365 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14369 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14370 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17843 45610))
14371 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14373 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14374 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14375 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14376 buffers which are visiting a file.
14378 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14380 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14381 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14382 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14383 buffers which are visiting a file.
14385 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14387 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14388 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14389 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14391 All arguments are optional.
14392 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14393 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14394 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14395 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14396 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14397 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14398 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14399 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14400 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14401 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14402 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14403 that value locally in this buffer.
14405 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14409 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14410 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14411 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17843 45615))
14412 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14414 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14415 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14416 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14417 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14419 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14421 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14422 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14423 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14424 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14426 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14427 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14428 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14430 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14432 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14433 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14434 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14435 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14436 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14437 non-marking or not.
14439 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14441 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14442 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14444 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14445 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14448 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14449 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14450 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14452 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14455 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14456 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14457 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14459 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14463 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17843
14465 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14467 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14468 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14469 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14470 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14471 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14472 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14474 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14476 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14477 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14478 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14484 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17843 45628))
14485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14487 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14488 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14489 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14490 Tab indents for Icon code.
14491 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14492 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14494 Variables controlling indentation style:
14495 icon-tab-always-indent
14496 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14497 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14499 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14500 inserted in Icon code.
14502 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14503 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14504 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14505 icon-continued-statement-offset
14506 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14507 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14508 icon-continued-brace-offset
14509 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14510 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14512 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14513 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14514 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14515 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14517 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14518 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14524 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14525 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
14526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14528 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14529 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14530 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14531 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14533 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14534 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14537 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14538 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14540 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14541 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14542 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14544 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14546 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14550 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14551 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
14552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14554 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14555 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14557 The main features of this mode are
14559 1. Indentation and Formatting
14560 --------------------------
14561 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14562 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14564 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14565 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14566 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14567 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14569 Comments are indented as follows:
14571 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14572 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14573 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14575 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14577 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14578 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14579 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14580 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14581 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14582 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14584 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14585 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14586 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14587 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14591 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14592 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14593 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14594 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14595 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14596 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14597 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14598 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14599 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14600 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14605 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14606 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14607 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14608 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14612 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14613 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14614 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14615 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14616 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14619 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14620 --------------------------------
14621 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14622 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14624 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14625 \\fu FUNCTION template
14626 \\c CASE statement template
14627 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14628 \\f FOR loop template
14629 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14630 \\w WHILE loop template
14631 \\i IF statement template
14632 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14635 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14636 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14638 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14639 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14640 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14641 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14643 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14644 -------------------------
14645 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14646 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14648 7. Automatic END completion
14649 ------------------------
14650 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14651 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14655 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14656 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14658 9. Documentation and Customization
14659 -------------------------------
14660 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14661 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14662 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14663 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14664 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14668 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14669 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14670 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14672 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14675 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14679 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14680 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14681 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14682 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14683 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14684 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14685 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14686 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17845
14688 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14690 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14691 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14692 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14693 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14695 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14696 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14697 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14700 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14702 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14704 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14705 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14706 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14707 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14708 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14709 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14710 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14711 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14712 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14716 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14717 Switch to another buffer.
14718 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14719 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14722 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14723 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14724 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14725 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14726 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14728 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14729 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14731 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14732 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14734 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14735 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14736 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14737 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14738 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14739 in a separate window.
14740 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14741 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14742 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14743 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14744 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14745 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14746 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14747 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14748 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14752 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14753 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14754 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14755 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14759 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14760 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14761 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14762 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14766 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14768 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14769 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14773 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14774 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14775 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14776 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14780 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14781 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14782 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14783 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14787 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14788 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14792 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14793 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14794 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14795 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14796 visible in another frame.
14798 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14799 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14800 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14801 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14802 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14803 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14805 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14806 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14808 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14809 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14811 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14812 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14813 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14814 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14815 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14816 in a separate window.
14817 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14818 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14819 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14820 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14821 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14822 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14823 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14824 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14825 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14826 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14827 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14828 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14829 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14830 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14831 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14835 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14836 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14837 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14838 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14842 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14843 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14844 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14845 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14849 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14850 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14851 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14852 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14856 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14857 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14858 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14859 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14863 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14864 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14865 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14866 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14870 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14871 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14872 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14873 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14877 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14878 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14879 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14880 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14884 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14885 Write current buffer to a file.
14886 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14887 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14891 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14892 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14893 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14894 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14898 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14899 Call `dired' the ido way.
14900 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14901 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14905 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14906 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14907 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14908 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14909 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14910 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14912 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14914 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14915 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14916 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14917 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14919 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14921 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14922 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14923 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14924 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14926 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14928 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14929 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14930 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14931 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14932 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14933 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14934 with `completing-read'.
14935 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14936 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14937 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14938 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14939 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14940 with point positioned at the end.
14941 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14942 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14944 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14948 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17843 45610))
14949 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14950 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14952 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14953 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14954 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14960 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14961 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
14962 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14964 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14965 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14969 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14970 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14976 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14977 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14978 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14979 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14980 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17843 45610))
14981 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14983 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14984 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14985 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14988 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14990 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14991 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14992 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14997 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14998 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14999 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15002 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15004 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
15005 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15006 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15009 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15011 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
15012 Determine and return image type.
15013 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15014 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15015 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15016 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15017 use its file extension as image type.
15018 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15020 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15022 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15023 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15024 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15026 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15028 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15029 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15030 Whether image types are auto-detectable or not depends on the setting
15031 of the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'.
15033 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15037 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15039 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15040 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15041 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15042 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15043 use its file extension as image type.
15044 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15045 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15046 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15047 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15049 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15051 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15053 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15054 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15055 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15056 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15057 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15058 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15059 POS may be an integer or marker.
15060 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15061 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15062 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15063 means display it in the right marginal area.
15065 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15067 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15068 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15069 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15070 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15071 defaulted if you omit it.
15072 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15073 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15074 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15075 means display it in the right marginal area.
15076 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15077 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15078 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15079 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15080 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15082 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15084 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15085 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15086 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15087 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15088 defaulted if you omit it.
15089 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15090 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15091 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15092 means display it in the right marginal area.
15093 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15095 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15097 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15098 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15099 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15100 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15102 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15104 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15105 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15107 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15109 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15110 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15111 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15112 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15113 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15114 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15115 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15116 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15119 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15121 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15123 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15125 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15126 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15128 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15129 documentation string.
15131 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15132 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15133 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15134 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15135 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15136 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15137 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15142 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15143 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15145 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15149 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15150 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15151 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17843 45610))
15152 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15154 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15155 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15156 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15157 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15159 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15160 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15161 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15162 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15164 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15166 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15167 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15168 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15169 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15171 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15172 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15173 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15174 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15176 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15178 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15179 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15183 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15184 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15185 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15186 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15188 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15190 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15191 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15192 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15194 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15195 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15197 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15199 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15200 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15201 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15202 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15204 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15205 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15206 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15212 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15213 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17843 45610))
15214 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15215 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15216 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15217 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15218 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15219 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15220 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15222 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15223 Major mode for image files.
15224 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15225 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15229 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15230 Toggle Image minor mode.
15231 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15232 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15236 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15237 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15238 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15239 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15240 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15241 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15243 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15244 information on these modes.
15250 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15251 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17843 45610))
15252 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15254 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15255 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15257 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15259 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15260 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15263 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15265 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15266 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15267 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15269 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15271 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15272 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15274 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15275 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15276 pattern's structure.
15278 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15279 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15280 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15283 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15285 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15286 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15288 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15289 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15290 called within a `save-excursion'.
15292 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15294 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15296 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15297 Function for finding the next index position.
15299 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15300 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15301 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15304 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15305 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15307 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15309 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15310 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15312 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15313 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15314 It should return the name for that index item.")
15316 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15318 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15319 Function to compare string with index item.
15321 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15322 non-nil if they match.
15324 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15325 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15326 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15327 arguments match\".")
15329 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15331 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15332 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15333 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15335 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15337 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15339 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15341 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15342 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15343 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15344 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15348 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15349 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15351 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15355 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15356 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15357 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15358 for more information.
15360 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15364 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15365 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15366 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17843 45620))
15367 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15369 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15370 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15372 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15374 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15377 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15379 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15382 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15384 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15387 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15389 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15390 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15391 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15392 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15393 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15395 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15397 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15398 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15399 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15400 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15401 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15403 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15407 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15408 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15409 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17843 45628))
15410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15412 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15413 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15414 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15415 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15416 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15418 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15420 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15421 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15423 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15425 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15426 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15427 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15428 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15429 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15430 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15431 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15432 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15434 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15436 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15437 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15438 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15439 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15440 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15442 This variable is only used if the variable
15443 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15445 More precise choices:
15446 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15447 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15450 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15452 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15454 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15455 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15457 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15458 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15459 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15461 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15462 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15463 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15464 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15467 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15469 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15473 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15474 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15475 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15476 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17843 45610))
15477 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15479 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15480 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15482 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15483 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15484 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15486 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15487 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15488 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15489 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15490 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15491 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15492 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15493 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15494 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15495 with the top-level Info directory.
15497 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15498 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15499 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15500 appended to the Info buffer name.
15502 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15503 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15504 in all the directories in that path.
15506 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15508 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15509 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15513 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15514 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15515 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15516 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15520 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15521 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15522 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15523 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15525 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15527 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15528 Go to the Info directory node.
15532 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15533 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15534 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15535 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15536 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15537 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15539 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15541 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15542 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15543 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15545 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15547 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15548 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15549 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15550 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15551 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15553 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15554 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15556 Selecting other nodes:
15557 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15558 Follow a node reference you click on.
15559 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15560 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15561 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15562 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15563 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15564 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15565 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15566 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15567 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15568 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15569 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15570 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15571 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15572 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15573 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15574 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15575 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15576 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15577 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15578 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15580 Moving within a node:
15581 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15582 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15583 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15584 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15585 move up to the parent node.
15586 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15587 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15589 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15592 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15593 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15594 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15595 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15596 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15597 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15598 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15599 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15600 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15601 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15602 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15603 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15604 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15605 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15606 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15607 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15610 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15612 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15613 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15614 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15615 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15616 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15617 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15619 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15620 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15622 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15623 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15625 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15626 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15627 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15628 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15632 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15633 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15634 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15640 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15641 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15642 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
15643 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15645 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15646 Throw away all cached data.
15647 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15648 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15652 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15654 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15655 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15656 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15657 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15658 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15659 one found at point.
15661 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15663 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15664 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15666 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15667 Display the documentation of a file.
15668 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15669 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15670 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15671 The default file name is the one found at point.
15673 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15675 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15677 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15678 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15680 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15682 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15683 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15685 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15689 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15690 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17843 45610))
15691 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15693 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15694 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15696 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15698 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15699 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15700 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15704 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15705 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15706 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15708 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15709 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15716 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15717 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17843 45610))
15718 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15720 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15721 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15723 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15725 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15726 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15727 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15729 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15730 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15731 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15733 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15734 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15735 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15736 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15740 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15741 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15742 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15746 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15747 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15748 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15749 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15750 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15756 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15757 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15758 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
15759 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15761 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15762 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15766 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15767 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15771 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15774 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15778 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17843
15780 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15782 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15783 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15784 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15785 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15786 accessed via isearchb.
15792 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15793 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
15794 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15796 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15797 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15798 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15799 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15800 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15801 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15803 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15804 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15806 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15807 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15808 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15809 \"s gives German sharp s.
15810 /a gives a with ring.
15811 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15812 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15813 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15814 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15816 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15817 and a negative argument disables it.
15819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15823 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15824 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15825 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15826 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17843 45618))
15827 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15829 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15830 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15831 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15832 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15834 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15836 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15837 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15838 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15839 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15841 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15843 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15844 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15845 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15846 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15848 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15850 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15851 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15852 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15853 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15855 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15857 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15858 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15859 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15860 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15862 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15864 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15865 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15866 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15867 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15869 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15871 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15872 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15873 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15874 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15876 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15878 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15879 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15880 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15881 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15883 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15885 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15886 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15887 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15888 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15890 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15892 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15893 Warn that format is read-only.
15897 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15898 Warn that format is write-only.
15902 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15903 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15910 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
15911 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15912 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15913 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15914 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15918 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15919 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15920 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15921 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15922 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15923 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
15924 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15925 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15927 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15928 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15929 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15930 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15932 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15933 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15935 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15936 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15937 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15939 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15940 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15943 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15945 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15947 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15949 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15951 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15953 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15955 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15957 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15958 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15960 Each element of this list is also a list:
15962 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15963 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15965 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15966 nil means the default dictionary.
15968 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15971 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15973 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15974 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15975 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15976 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15977 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15978 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15979 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15980 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15981 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15983 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15984 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15985 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15986 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15987 for non-ASCII bytes.
15989 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15990 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15993 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15996 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15997 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15998 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15999 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16000 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16001 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16002 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16003 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16005 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16007 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16008 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16009 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16011 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16012 Key map for ispell menu.")
16014 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16015 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16016 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16017 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16019 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16021 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16023 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16025 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16027 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16028 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16029 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16030 Valid forms include:
16031 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16032 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16033 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16034 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16036 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16037 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16038 First list is used raw.
16039 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16041 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16042 for skipping in latex mode.")
16044 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16045 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16046 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16047 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16048 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16049 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16051 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16052 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16053 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16054 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16056 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16057 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16058 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16059 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16060 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16062 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16063 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16065 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16066 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16068 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16069 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16072 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16073 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16074 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16075 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16076 quit spell session exited.
16078 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16080 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16081 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16082 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16084 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16086 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16087 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16091 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16092 SPC: Accept word this time.
16093 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16094 `a': Accept word for this session.
16095 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16096 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16097 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16098 `?': Show these commands.
16099 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16100 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16101 the aborted check to be completed later.
16102 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16103 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16104 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16105 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16106 `C-l': redraws screen
16107 `C-r': recursive edit
16108 `C-z': suspend Emacs or iconify frame
16112 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16113 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16114 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16116 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16118 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16119 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16120 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16121 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16123 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16125 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16127 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16128 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16129 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16130 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16132 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16134 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16135 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16139 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16140 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16144 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16145 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16149 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16150 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16151 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16152 sequence inside of a word.
16154 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16156 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16158 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16159 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16163 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16164 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16165 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16166 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16168 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16169 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16170 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16171 available on the net.
16175 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16176 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16177 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16179 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16180 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16182 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16183 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16187 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16188 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16189 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16190 Don't check included messages.
16192 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16193 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16194 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16196 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16197 in your .emacs file:
16198 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16199 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16200 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16201 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16203 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16204 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16205 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16211 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17827
16213 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16215 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16216 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16217 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16219 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16220 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16222 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16224 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16225 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16226 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16227 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16228 `iswitchb' for details.
16230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16234 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16235 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16236 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16237 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17843 45620))
16238 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16240 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16245 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16246 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16247 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16248 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16249 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16250 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16251 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16252 necessary to represent OBJ.
16254 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16256 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16257 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16258 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16259 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16261 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16263 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16264 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16265 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16266 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16267 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16269 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16271 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16272 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16273 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16274 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16276 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16278 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16279 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16280 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16281 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16283 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16285 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16286 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16288 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16290 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16291 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16292 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16293 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16294 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16296 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16298 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16299 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16300 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16301 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16302 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16304 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16306 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16307 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16308 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16310 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16314 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16315 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17843 45610))
16316 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16318 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16319 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16320 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16321 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16323 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16326 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16328 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16329 Uninstall jka-compr.
16330 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16331 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16332 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16338 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16339 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16340 ;;;;;; (17838 18033))
16341 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16343 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16344 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16345 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16346 decimal key must be specified.")
16348 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16350 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16351 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16352 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16353 decimal key must be specified.")
16355 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16357 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16358 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16359 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16360 decimal key must be specified.")
16362 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16364 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16365 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16366 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16367 decimal key must be specified.")
16369 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16371 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16372 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16373 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16374 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16375 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16379 -------------------------------------------------------------
16380 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16381 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16382 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16383 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16384 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16385 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16386 in the global and local keymaps.
16388 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16389 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16391 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16395 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16396 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
16397 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16399 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16400 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16401 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16403 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16404 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16405 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16406 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16409 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16410 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16411 the context of text formatting.
16413 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16417 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17843
16419 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16421 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16422 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16423 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16424 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16425 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16426 positions that contains the current selection.")
16428 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16429 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16430 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16431 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16432 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16433 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16434 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16436 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16440 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16441 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16442 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16443 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17838 18033))
16444 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16445 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16446 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16447 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16448 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16449 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16450 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16451 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16453 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16454 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16455 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16456 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16457 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16459 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16461 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16462 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16463 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16465 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16466 defining the macro.
16468 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16469 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16470 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16472 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16473 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16477 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16478 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16479 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16480 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16481 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16484 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16485 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16486 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16490 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16491 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16492 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16494 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16495 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16496 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16497 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16499 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16500 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16502 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16504 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16505 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16506 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16508 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16511 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16512 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16514 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16515 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16516 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16518 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16519 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16523 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16524 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16525 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16526 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16528 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16530 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16531 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16532 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16533 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16535 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16536 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16538 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16540 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16541 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16542 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16544 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16548 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16549 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16550 ;;;;;; (17843 45620))
16551 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16553 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16555 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16558 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16560 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16563 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16565 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16568 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16572 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16573 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17843 45620))
16574 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16576 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16577 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16578 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16580 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16587 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16588 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
16589 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16591 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16593 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16594 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16598 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16600 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16601 Start or resume an Lm game.
16602 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16603 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16605 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16606 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16607 none / 1 | yes | no
16612 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16613 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16614 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16620 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16621 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16622 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17843
16624 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16626 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16629 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16631 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16632 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16633 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16634 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16635 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16636 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16638 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16639 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16641 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16643 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16644 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16646 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16648 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16651 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16653 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16654 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16655 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16656 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16659 The return value is number of composed characters.
16661 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16663 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16666 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16670 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16671 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16672 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17843 45618))
16673 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16675 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16676 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16677 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16678 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16680 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16682 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16683 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16684 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16686 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16688 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16689 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16690 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16694 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16695 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16696 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16697 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16699 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16703 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16704 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17843 45619))
16705 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16707 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16708 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16709 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16710 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16711 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16712 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16713 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16714 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16716 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16717 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16720 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16722 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16724 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16725 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16726 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16727 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16728 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16729 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16730 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16731 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16733 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16735 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16736 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16737 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16738 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16741 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16743 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16747 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16748 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17843 45625))
16749 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16751 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16752 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16753 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16754 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16756 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16758 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16759 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16762 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16764 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16765 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16766 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16767 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16768 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16771 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16772 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16773 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16774 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16775 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16777 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16778 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16779 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16780 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16781 slow to keep up with your typing.
16783 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16784 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16785 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16786 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16787 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16788 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16790 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16791 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16792 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16793 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16795 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16796 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16797 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16798 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16800 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16801 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16802 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16803 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16804 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16808 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16809 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16815 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16816 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
16817 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16819 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16821 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16823 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16824 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16830 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16831 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
16832 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16834 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16835 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16837 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16838 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16840 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16841 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16843 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16844 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16845 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16846 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16847 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16848 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16849 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16850 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16851 and transmit saved text.
16854 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16855 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16859 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16866 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17843 45626))
16867 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16869 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16870 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16871 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16872 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16873 generations (this defaults to 1).
16875 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16879 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17843
16881 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16883 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16884 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16885 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16886 is nil, raise an error.
16888 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16889 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16890 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16891 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16892 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16893 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16894 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16895 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16896 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16898 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16902 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16903 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17843 45610))
16904 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16906 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16907 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16908 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16910 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16912 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16913 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16914 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16915 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16917 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16918 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16919 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16920 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16921 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16922 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16925 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16926 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16928 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16929 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16931 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16933 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16934 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16935 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16936 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16937 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16938 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16939 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16940 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16941 to constrain a big search.
16943 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16944 except that FILTER is not optional.
16946 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16950 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17843 45610))
16951 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16953 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16954 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16955 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16956 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16957 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16958 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16959 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16960 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16961 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16962 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16963 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16964 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16965 uses the current buffer.
16967 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16971 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17843
16973 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16975 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16976 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16982 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17843
16984 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16986 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16987 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16988 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16989 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16990 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16992 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16993 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16994 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16996 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16997 are indicated with a symbol.
16999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17003 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17004 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17843
17006 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17008 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
17010 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
17012 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17013 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17014 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17016 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17017 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17019 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17020 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17021 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17022 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17023 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17024 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17025 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17027 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17029 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17030 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17031 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17032 switch on this list.
17033 See `lpr-command'.")
17035 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17037 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17038 *Name of program for printing a file.
17040 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17041 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17042 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17043 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17044 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17045 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17048 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17050 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17051 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17052 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17053 for customization of the printer command.
17057 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17058 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17060 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17061 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17062 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17063 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17065 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17066 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17068 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17069 for further customization of the printer command.
17073 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17074 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17075 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17076 for customization of the printer command.
17078 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17080 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17081 Paginate and print the region contents.
17083 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17084 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17085 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17086 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17088 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17089 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17091 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17092 for further customization of the printer command.
17094 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17098 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17099 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
17100 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17102 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17103 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17104 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17106 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17110 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17843
17112 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17114 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17115 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17116 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17118 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17124 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17843
17126 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17128 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17129 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17136 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17137 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
17138 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17140 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17141 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17142 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17143 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17144 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17146 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17150 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17151 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17843 45611))
17152 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17154 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17155 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17156 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17157 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17158 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17160 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17162 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17163 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17164 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17165 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17167 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17168 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17169 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17170 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17173 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17174 use this command, and then save the file.
17176 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17178 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17179 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17180 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17181 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17182 each time the macro executes.
17183 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17184 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17185 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17186 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17187 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17188 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17189 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17193 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17194 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17195 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17196 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17198 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17199 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17200 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17203 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17204 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17206 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17207 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17208 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17209 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17210 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17212 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17215 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17216 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17217 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17219 You could enter the names in this format:
17225 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17228 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17231 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17232 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17234 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17235 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17239 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17240 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17843 45621))
17241 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17243 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17244 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17245 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17246 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17247 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17248 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17250 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17251 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17252 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17253 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17254 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17256 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17257 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17258 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17261 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17263 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17264 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17266 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17270 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17271 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17272 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
17273 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17275 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17276 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17280 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17285 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17286 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17288 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17290 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17291 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17292 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17295 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17301 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17302 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17303 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17843
17305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17307 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17308 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17309 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17310 often correct parser.")
17312 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17314 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17317 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17319 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17320 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17321 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17322 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17324 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17326 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17327 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17328 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17329 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17331 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17333 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17334 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17335 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17336 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17337 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17338 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17339 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17342 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17344 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17345 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17346 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17347 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17348 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17349 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17351 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17355 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17356 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17843 45621))
17357 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17359 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17360 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17364 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17365 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17366 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17368 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17370 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17371 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17372 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17374 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17378 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17379 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17843
17381 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17383 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17384 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17385 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17387 If `parens', they look like:
17388 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17389 If `angles', they look like:
17390 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17392 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17394 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17395 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17396 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17397 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17398 their `Resent-' variants.
17400 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17401 removed from alias expansions.
17403 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17405 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17406 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17407 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17409 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17410 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17411 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17412 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17414 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17416 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17417 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17418 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17419 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17425 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17426 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
17427 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17429 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17430 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17431 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17432 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17438 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17439 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17440 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17843 45628))
17441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17443 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17444 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17446 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17447 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17448 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17449 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17450 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17451 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17453 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17454 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17455 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17456 dependency, despite the colon.
17458 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17460 In the browser, use the following keys:
17462 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17464 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17466 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17467 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17469 `makefile-target-colon':
17470 The string that gets appended to all target names
17471 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17472 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17474 `makefile-macro-assign':
17475 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17476 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17477 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17478 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17479 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17480 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17482 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17483 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17484 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17486 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17487 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17489 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17490 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17491 up or down in the browser.
17493 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17494 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17496 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17497 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17499 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17500 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17501 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17502 has been selected in the browser.
17504 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17505 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17506 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17507 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17508 filenames are omitted.
17510 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17511 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17512 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17513 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17514 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17515 the backslash itself intact.
17516 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17517 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17519 `makefile-browser-hook':
17520 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17521 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17523 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17524 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17525 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17526 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17530 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17531 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17535 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17536 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17540 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17541 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17545 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17546 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17550 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17551 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17557 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17843
17559 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17561 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17562 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17563 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17569 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17843 45611))
17570 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17572 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17574 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17575 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17576 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17577 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17578 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17579 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17580 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17582 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17583 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17584 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17585 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17587 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17589 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17590 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17592 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17596 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17843 45611))
17597 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17599 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17600 Toggle Master mode.
17601 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17602 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17603 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17605 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17606 following commands:
17608 \\{master-mode-map}
17610 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17611 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17612 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17618 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17843
17620 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17622 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17624 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17625 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17626 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17627 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17628 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17629 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17631 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17633 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17634 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17635 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17636 created in the future.
17637 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17638 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17644 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17645 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17646 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17647 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17648 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17649 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17650 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17651 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17652 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17653 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17654 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17843 45617))
17655 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17657 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17658 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17660 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17662 If `parens', they look like:
17663 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17664 If `angles', they look like:
17665 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17667 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17668 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17670 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17672 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17673 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17675 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17677 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17678 *Local news organization file.")
17680 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17682 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17683 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17684 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17685 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17687 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17688 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17689 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17691 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17693 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17695 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17696 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17698 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17699 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17700 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17701 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17703 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17705 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17706 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17707 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17708 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17710 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17712 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17713 *Function for citing an original message.
17714 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17715 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17716 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17718 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17720 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17721 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17722 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17723 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17724 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17726 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17728 (defvar message-signature t "\
17729 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17730 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17731 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17732 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17734 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17736 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17737 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17738 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17739 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17741 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17743 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17744 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17746 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17748 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17750 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17751 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17752 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17753 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17754 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17755 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17756 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17757 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17758 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17759 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17760 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17761 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17762 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17763 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17764 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17765 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17766 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17767 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17768 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17769 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17770 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17771 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17772 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17773 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17774 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17775 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17776 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17777 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17778 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17779 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17780 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17781 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17782 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17783 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17784 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17785 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17786 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17790 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17791 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17792 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17794 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17796 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17797 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17799 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17801 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17802 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17804 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17806 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17807 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17809 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17811 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17812 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17813 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17815 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17817 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17818 Cancel an article you posted.
17819 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17823 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17824 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17825 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17826 header line with the old Message-ID.
17830 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17831 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17835 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17836 Forward the current message via mail.
17837 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17838 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17840 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17842 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17845 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17847 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17850 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17852 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17853 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17857 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17858 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17860 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17862 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17863 Re-mail the current message.
17864 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17865 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17870 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17871 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17873 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17875 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17876 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17878 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17880 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17881 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17883 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17885 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17886 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17888 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17890 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17891 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17892 Works by overstriking characters.
17893 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17894 which specify the range to operate on.
17896 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17898 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17899 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17900 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17901 which specify the range to operate on.
17903 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17907 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17908 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
17909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17911 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17912 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17916 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17917 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17921 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17922 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17926 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17927 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17933 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17934 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17935 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
17936 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17938 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17939 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17940 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17944 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17945 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17946 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17947 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17948 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17949 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17950 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17952 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17954 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17955 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17956 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17957 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17958 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17960 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17961 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17963 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17965 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17966 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17967 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17968 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17969 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17971 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17972 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17974 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17978 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17979 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17980 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17843 45622))
17981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17983 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17984 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17985 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17989 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17990 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17991 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17995 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17996 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17998 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17999 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18000 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18002 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18003 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18005 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18006 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18008 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18010 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
18012 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
18013 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18014 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18015 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18016 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18019 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18020 initial Subject field, respectively.
18022 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18023 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18026 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18029 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18031 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18032 Save draft and send message.
18034 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18035 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18036 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18039 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18040 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18041 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18043 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18044 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18045 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18046 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18047 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18048 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18050 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18051 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18055 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18056 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18058 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18059 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18060 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18061 delete the draft message.
18067 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17843 45622))
18068 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18070 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18072 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18074 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18076 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18077 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18083 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18084 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17843 45622))
18085 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18087 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18088 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18089 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18091 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18092 the MH mail system.
18094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18096 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18097 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18098 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18100 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18101 the MH mail system.
18103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18105 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18106 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18108 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18109 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18110 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18113 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18114 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18115 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18118 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18122 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18123 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18124 can be used in several ways.
18126 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18127 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18128 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18129 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18133 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18134 The range must be nonempty.
18139 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18140 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18147 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18150 All of the messages.
18152 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18153 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18155 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18156 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18157 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18159 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18165 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18166 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17843 45611))
18167 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18169 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18170 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18171 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18172 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18173 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18174 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18175 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18176 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18177 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18178 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18179 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18183 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18184 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18185 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18186 to its second argument TM.
18188 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18192 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18193 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17843 45611))
18194 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18196 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18197 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18198 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18199 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18200 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18201 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18203 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18205 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18206 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18207 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18208 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18209 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18210 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18211 default indication.
18213 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18214 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18220 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18221 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
18222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18224 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18225 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18230 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18234 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18235 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18236 ;;;;;; (17843 45620))
18237 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18239 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18242 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18244 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18247 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18249 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18250 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18251 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18254 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18258 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18259 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17843 45617))
18260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18262 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18263 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18265 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18267 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18268 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18269 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18270 the entire message.
18271 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18273 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18277 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18278 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
18279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18281 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18282 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18283 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18284 the entire message.
18285 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18287 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18291 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18292 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17843 45617))
18293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18295 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18296 Insert file contents of URL.
18297 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18299 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18301 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18302 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18304 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18308 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18309 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17843 45617))
18310 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18312 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18313 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18314 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18315 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18316 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18318 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18320 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18321 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18322 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18324 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18328 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18329 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
18330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18332 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18335 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18337 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18340 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18344 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18345 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18346 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17843 45617))
18347 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18349 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18352 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18354 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18357 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18359 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18362 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18364 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18367 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18369 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18372 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18374 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18377 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18379 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18386 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18387 ;;;;;; (17276 54295))
18388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18390 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18391 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18392 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18393 followed by the first character of the construct.
18395 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18396 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18397 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18398 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18399 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18400 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18401 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18402 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18403 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18404 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18405 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18406 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18407 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18410 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18411 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18412 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18418 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18419 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
18420 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18422 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18423 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18425 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18427 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18428 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18430 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18434 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17843
18436 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18438 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18439 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18440 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18441 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18442 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18443 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18445 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18447 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18448 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18449 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18450 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18452 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18454 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18456 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18458 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18459 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18460 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18461 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18462 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18463 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18465 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18466 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18467 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18468 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18469 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18471 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18472 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18474 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18475 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18477 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18479 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18480 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18481 primary selection and region.
18483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18487 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17843 45626))
18488 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18490 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18491 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18497 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17843 45611))
18498 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18500 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18501 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18502 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18503 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18504 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18505 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18507 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18509 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18511 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18512 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18513 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18519 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18520 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18521 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18522 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18523 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18524 ;;;;;; (17843 45619))
18525 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18527 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18528 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18529 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18530 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18531 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18532 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18533 set of ISO charsets.
18535 Each element has the following format:
18536 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18538 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18540 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18541 CHARSET are mapped.
18543 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18544 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18545 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18546 character code in CHARSET.
18548 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18549 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18550 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18552 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18553 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18555 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18556 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18558 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18559 Display a list of all character sets.
18561 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18562 internal Emacs use.
18564 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18565 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18566 hexadecimal digits.
18567 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18568 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18570 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18571 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18572 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18573 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18575 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18576 but still shows the full information.
18580 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18581 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18582 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18583 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18584 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18586 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18587 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18588 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18589 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18590 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18592 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18594 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18595 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18596 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18597 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18598 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18600 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18602 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18603 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18605 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18607 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18608 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18610 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18612 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18613 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18615 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18616 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18618 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18619 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18620 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18621 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18622 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18623 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18624 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18625 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18626 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18627 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18628 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18629 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18630 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18631 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18632 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18633 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18637 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18638 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18642 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18643 Display a list of all coding systems.
18644 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18646 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18647 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18651 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18652 Display a list of all coding categories.
18656 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18657 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18658 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18660 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18662 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18663 Display information about FONTSET.
18664 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18666 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18668 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18669 Display a list of all fontsets.
18670 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18671 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18672 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18676 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18677 Display information about all input methods.
18681 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18682 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18684 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18685 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18686 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18687 system which uses fontsets).
18693 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18694 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18695 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18696 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18697 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18698 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17843 45619))
18699 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18701 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18702 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18703 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18705 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18707 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18709 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18710 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18712 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18713 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18715 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18716 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18718 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18720 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18721 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18722 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18723 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18724 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18725 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18726 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18728 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18729 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18730 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18731 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18732 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18733 middle of a character in STR.
18735 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18736 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18738 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18739 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18740 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18741 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18742 defaults to \"...\".
18744 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18746 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18747 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18749 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18750 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18751 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18753 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18754 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18755 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18757 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18758 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18759 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18761 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18762 longer than KEYSEQ.
18763 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18765 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18767 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18768 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18769 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18770 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18771 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18772 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18773 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18774 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18775 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18776 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18777 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18779 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18781 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18782 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18784 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18786 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18787 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18789 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18791 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18792 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18794 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18796 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18797 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18799 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18801 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18802 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18803 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18804 coding systems ordered by priority.
18806 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18808 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18809 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18810 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18811 language environment LANG-ENV.
18813 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18815 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18816 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18817 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18818 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18819 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18820 basis, this may not be accurate.
18822 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18826 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18827 ;;;;;; (17843 45611))
18828 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18830 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18831 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18832 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18834 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18835 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18837 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18839 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18840 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18841 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18842 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18846 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18847 Enable mouse wheel support.
18849 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18853 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18854 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18855 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18856 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17843 45624))
18857 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18859 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18860 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18862 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18864 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18866 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18867 `ping-program-options'.
18871 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18872 Run ipconfig program.
18876 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18878 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18879 Run netstat program.
18883 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18884 Run the arp program.
18888 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18889 Run the route program.
18893 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18894 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18898 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18899 Run nslookup program.
18903 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18904 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18908 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18913 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18918 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18919 Finger USER on HOST.
18921 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18923 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18924 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18925 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18926 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18928 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18930 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18935 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18936 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18938 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18940 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18941 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18943 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18947 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18948 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18949 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18950 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18951 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18952 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17843 45611))
18953 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18955 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18957 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18959 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18961 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18963 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18964 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18965 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18966 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18967 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18968 Major modes should set this variable.")
18970 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18971 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18972 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18973 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18974 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18975 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18977 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18978 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18980 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18981 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18982 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18984 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18985 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18986 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18987 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18988 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18990 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18991 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18992 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18994 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18995 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18996 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18997 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18999 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
19000 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19001 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19002 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19003 column indentation or nil.
19004 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19006 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19007 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19008 The function has no args.
19010 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19011 comments always start in column zero.")
19013 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
19014 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19015 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19017 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
19019 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19020 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19021 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19022 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19024 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19025 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19027 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19029 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19030 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19031 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19032 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19033 customize this variable.
19035 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19036 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19038 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19040 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19041 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19042 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19043 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19044 the variables are properly set.
19046 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19048 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19049 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19053 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19054 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19055 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19057 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19059 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19060 Set the comment column based on point.
19061 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19062 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19063 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19064 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19068 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19069 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19070 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19074 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19075 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19076 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19079 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19081 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19082 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19083 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19084 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19085 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19086 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19087 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19088 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19090 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19091 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19093 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19095 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19096 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19097 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19098 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19100 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19102 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19103 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19104 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19105 is passed on to the respective function.
19107 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19109 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19110 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19111 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19112 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19113 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19114 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19115 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19116 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19117 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19121 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19122 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19123 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19125 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19127 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19128 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19129 This indents the body of the continued comment
19130 under the previous comment line.
19132 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19133 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19134 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19136 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19137 or comment indentation.
19139 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19140 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19142 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19146 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19147 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19148 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17843 45624))
19149 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19151 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19152 Check whether newsticker is running.
19153 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19154 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19158 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19159 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19160 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19161 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19166 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19167 Start the newsticker.
19168 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19169 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19170 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19171 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19173 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19175 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19176 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19177 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19182 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19183 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19189 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19190 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
19191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19193 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19194 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19196 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19200 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17843
19202 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19204 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19205 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19206 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19207 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19208 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19209 symbol in the alist.
19211 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19215 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19216 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
19217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19219 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19220 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19221 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19227 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19228 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
19229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19231 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19232 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19233 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19239 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19240 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
19241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19243 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19244 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19246 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19250 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19251 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17843 45617))
19252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19254 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19255 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19259 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19260 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19264 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19265 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19271 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19272 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17843 45611))
19273 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19275 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19276 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19277 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19279 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19281 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19284 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19286 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19287 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19288 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19289 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19290 to future sessions.
19292 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19294 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19295 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19296 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19297 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19298 to future sessions.
19300 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19304 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19305 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
19306 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19308 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19309 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19311 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19312 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19313 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19319 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19320 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
19321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19323 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19324 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19325 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19326 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19327 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19333 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19334 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
19335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19337 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19338 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19339 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19341 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19343 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19344 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19346 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19347 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19348 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19352 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19356 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19357 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
19358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19360 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19361 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19363 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19364 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19365 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19366 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19368 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19369 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19370 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19371 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19372 is why you need this mode!).
19374 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19375 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19376 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19378 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19383 \\{octave-mode-map}
19385 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19386 ==============================================
19389 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19392 octave-auto-newline
19393 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19396 octave-blink-matching-block
19397 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19398 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19400 octave-block-offset
19401 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19404 octave-continuation-offset
19405 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19408 octave-continuation-string
19409 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19410 Default is a backslash.
19412 octave-mode-startup-message
19413 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19416 octave-send-echo-input
19417 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19418 command to the inferior Octave process.
19420 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19421 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19422 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19424 octave-send-echo-input
19425 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19427 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19429 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19430 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19432 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19433 (setq auto-mode-alist
19434 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19436 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19437 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19439 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19443 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19444 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19446 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19447 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19448 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19449 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19455 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19456 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
19457 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19459 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19460 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19461 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19465 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19466 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19467 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19468 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19469 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19471 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19477 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19478 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19479 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19480 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-cycle-agenda-files
19481 ;;;;;; org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19482 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19483 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
19484 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19486 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19487 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19488 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19490 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19491 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19492 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19493 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19494 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19495 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19496 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19497 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19498 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19499 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19501 The following commands are available:
19507 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19508 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19510 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19511 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19512 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19513 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19514 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19516 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19517 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19518 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19519 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19520 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19521 and zoom in further.
19522 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19524 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19525 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19526 is negative, go up that many levels.
19528 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19529 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19530 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19532 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19533 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19537 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19538 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19542 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19543 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19544 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19545 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19547 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19548 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19549 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19550 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19551 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19552 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19553 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19554 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19556 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19557 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19558 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19560 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19561 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19562 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19566 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19567 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19568 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19569 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19570 before running the agenda command.
19572 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19574 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19575 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19576 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19577 will be able to go to other weeks.
19578 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19579 also be shown, under the current date.
19580 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19581 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19582 to turn on logging.
19583 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19584 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19585 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19587 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19589 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19590 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19591 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19592 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19593 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19594 `org-todo-keywords'.
19598 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19599 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19600 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19601 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19605 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19606 Return diary information from org-files.
19607 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19608 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19609 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19610 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19612 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19613 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19614 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19616 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19617 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19618 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19619 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19621 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19622 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19623 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19625 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19626 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19627 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19628 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19630 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19632 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19634 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19635 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19639 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19640 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19643 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19645 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19646 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19647 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19649 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19651 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19652 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19653 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19655 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19657 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19658 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19659 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19660 \\[org-insert-link].
19661 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19662 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19663 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19667 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19668 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19669 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19670 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19671 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19675 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19676 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19677 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19678 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19682 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19683 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19684 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19685 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19686 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19687 file the text at a specific location.
19688 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19689 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19690 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19692 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19693 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19694 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19695 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19696 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19697 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19698 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19699 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19701 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19702 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19703 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19704 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19706 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19707 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19708 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19710 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19711 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19712 \(i.e. after the stars).
19714 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19718 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19719 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19723 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19724 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19728 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19729 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19730 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19731 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19735 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19736 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19737 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19738 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19742 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19743 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19744 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19750 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19751 ;;;;;; (17843 45611))
19752 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19753 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19755 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19756 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19757 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19758 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19760 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19761 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19762 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19763 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19765 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19766 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19767 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19768 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19769 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19770 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19772 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19773 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19774 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19776 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19777 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19778 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19779 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19780 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19781 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19782 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19783 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19784 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19785 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19786 The subheadings remain visible.
19787 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19789 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19790 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19791 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19793 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19794 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19798 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19799 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19800 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19801 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17843
19809 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19810 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19811 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19812 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19813 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19814 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19815 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19816 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19817 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19818 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19822 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17843 45611))
19823 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19825 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19826 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19827 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19830 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19832 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19834 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19835 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19836 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19837 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19839 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19840 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19846 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19847 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
19848 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19850 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19851 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19852 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19853 unknown are returned as nil.
19855 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19859 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17843
19861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19863 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19864 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19865 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19867 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19868 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19870 Other useful functions are:
19872 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19873 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19874 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19875 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19876 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19877 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19878 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19879 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19880 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19882 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19884 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19885 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19886 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19887 Indentation for case statements.
19888 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19889 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19891 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19892 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19893 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19894 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19895 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19896 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19897 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19898 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19899 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19900 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19902 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19903 pascal-separator-keywords.
19905 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19906 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19912 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19913 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
19914 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19916 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19917 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19918 The keys affected are:
19919 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19920 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19921 M-Backspace does undo.
19922 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19923 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19924 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19930 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19931 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17843 45615))
19932 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19934 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19935 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19936 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19937 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19938 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19939 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19941 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19943 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19944 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19946 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19948 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19949 which modify the status of the mark.
19951 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19952 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19954 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19955 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19957 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19958 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19959 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19960 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19961 turning PC Selection mode on.
19963 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19964 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19966 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19967 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19968 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19970 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19971 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19972 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19974 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19975 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19977 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19978 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19979 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19981 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19982 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19983 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19989 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19990 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19995 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19996 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19997 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19998 and cursor movement commands.
19999 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20000 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20001 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20003 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20007 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17843
20009 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20011 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20012 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20018 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20019 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17843 45611))
20020 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20022 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20023 Completion for `gzip'.
20027 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20028 Completion for `bzip2'.
20032 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20033 Completion for GNU `make'.
20037 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20038 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20042 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20046 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20047 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17843 45611))
20048 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20050 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20051 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20055 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20056 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20060 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20061 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20067 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17843
20069 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20071 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20072 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20073 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20074 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20075 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20076 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20082 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20083 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20084 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17843 45611))
20085 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20087 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20088 Completion for `cd'.
20092 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20094 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20095 Completion for `rmdir'.
20099 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20100 Completion for `rm'.
20104 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20105 Completion for `xargs'.
20109 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20111 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20112 Completion for `which'.
20116 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20117 Completion for the `chown' command.
20121 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20122 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20128 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20129 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20130 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17843
20132 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20134 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20135 Support extensible programmable completion.
20136 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20137 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20139 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20141 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20142 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20146 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20147 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20148 This will modify the current buffer.
20152 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20153 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20157 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20158 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20159 This will modify the current buffer.
20163 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20164 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20168 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20169 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20173 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20174 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20175 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20176 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20177 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20179 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20181 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20182 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20188 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20189 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20190 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17843 45612))
20191 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20193 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20194 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20195 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20196 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20198 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20200 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20202 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20203 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20204 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20205 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20206 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20207 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20210 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20212 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20213 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20214 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20215 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20216 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20217 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20218 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20219 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20221 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20223 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20224 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20225 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20226 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20227 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20228 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20229 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20232 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20234 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20235 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20236 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20237 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20238 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20239 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20240 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20242 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20244 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20246 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20247 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20248 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20250 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20252 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20253 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20254 nil means never do it.
20255 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20256 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20257 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20259 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20261 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20262 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20263 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17843 45611))
20268 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20270 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20274 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20275 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
20276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20278 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20279 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20280 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20281 Tab indents for Perl code.
20282 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20283 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20284 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20286 Variables controlling indentation style:
20287 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20288 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20289 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20290 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20291 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20292 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20293 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20295 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20296 `perl-indent-level'
20297 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20298 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20299 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20300 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20301 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20302 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20303 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20304 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20305 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20306 `perl-brace-offset'
20307 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20308 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20309 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20310 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20311 `perl-label-offset'
20312 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20313 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20314 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20316 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20317 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20318 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20319 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20320 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20321 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20322 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20324 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20330 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20331 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20332 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20333 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17843 45612))
20334 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20336 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20337 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20339 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20341 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20342 passphrase cache or user.
20344 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20346 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20347 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20349 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20352 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20354 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20355 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20357 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20360 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20361 passphrase cache or user.
20363 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20365 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20366 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20368 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20370 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20373 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20374 passphrase cache or user.
20376 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20378 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20379 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20381 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20382 passphrase cache or user.
20384 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20386 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20387 Decrypt the current buffer.
20389 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20392 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20393 passphrase cache or user.
20395 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20397 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20398 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20400 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20401 a detached signature.
20403 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20404 and the the output is displayed.
20406 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20407 passphrase cache or user.
20409 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20411 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20412 Sign the current buffer.
20414 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20415 detached signature.
20417 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20420 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20421 and the the output is displayed.
20423 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20424 passphrase cache or user.
20426 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20428 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20429 Verify the current region between START and END.
20430 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20431 the detached signature of the current region.
20433 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20434 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20436 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20438 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20439 Verify the current buffer.
20440 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20441 the detached signature of the current region.
20442 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20443 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20444 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20447 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20449 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20450 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20454 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20455 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20457 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20459 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20460 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20466 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20467 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
20468 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20470 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20471 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20473 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20477 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20478 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
20479 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20481 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20482 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20483 \\<picture-mode-map>
20484 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20485 afterwards settable by these commands:
20487 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20488 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20489 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20490 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20492 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20493 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20494 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20495 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20497 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20498 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20499 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20500 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20502 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20503 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20504 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20505 with these commands:
20507 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20508 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20509 Move to column following last
20510 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20511 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20512 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20513 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20514 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20515 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20517 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20519 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20520 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20521 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20522 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20523 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20524 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20526 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20527 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20528 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20529 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20530 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20531 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20532 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20534 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20535 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20536 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20537 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20538 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20539 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20540 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20541 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20543 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20544 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20545 by supplying an argument.
20547 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20549 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20550 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20554 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20558 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20559 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
20560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20562 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20563 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20564 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20566 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20570 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17843 45626))
20571 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20573 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20574 Play pong and waste time.
20575 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20576 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20578 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20586 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20587 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17843 45615))
20588 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20590 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20591 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20592 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20593 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20595 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20597 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20598 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20602 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20603 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20604 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20605 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20606 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20608 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20610 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20611 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20612 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20614 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20616 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20617 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20618 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20619 Ignores leading comment characters.
20625 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20626 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20627 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20628 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20629 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20630 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20631 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20632 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20633 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20634 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20635 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20636 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20637 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20638 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20639 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20640 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20641 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20642 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20643 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
20644 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20646 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20647 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20649 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20651 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20653 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20655 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20656 Preview directory using ghostview.
20658 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20659 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20660 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20661 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20663 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20664 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20665 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20666 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20667 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20670 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20672 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20674 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20675 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20677 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20678 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20679 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20680 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20682 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20683 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20684 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20685 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20686 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20689 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20691 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20693 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20694 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20696 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20697 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20698 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20699 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20701 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20702 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20703 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20704 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20705 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20708 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20710 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20712 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20713 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20715 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20717 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20718 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20719 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20720 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20722 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20723 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20724 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20725 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20726 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20729 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20731 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20733 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20734 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20736 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20737 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20738 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20740 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20741 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20742 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20743 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20745 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20747 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20748 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20750 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20751 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20752 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20754 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20755 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20756 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20757 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20759 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20761 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20762 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20764 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20765 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20766 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20768 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20769 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20770 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20771 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20773 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20775 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20776 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20778 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20780 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20781 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20782 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20784 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20785 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20786 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20787 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20789 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20791 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20792 Preview region using ghostview.
20794 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20796 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20798 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20799 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20801 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20803 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20805 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20806 Print region using PostScript printer.
20808 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20810 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20812 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20813 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20815 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20817 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20819 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20820 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20822 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20824 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20826 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20827 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20829 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20831 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20833 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20834 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20836 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20838 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20840 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20841 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20843 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20845 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20847 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20848 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20849 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20850 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20852 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20855 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20856 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20858 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20860 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20862 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20863 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20864 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20865 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20869 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20870 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20871 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20872 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20876 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20877 Print directory using text printer.
20879 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20882 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20883 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20885 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20887 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20889 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20890 Print buffer using text printer.
20894 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20895 Print region using text printer.
20899 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20900 Print major mode using text printer.
20904 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20905 Preview spooled PostScript.
20907 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20908 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20909 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20911 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20912 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20913 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20915 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20917 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20918 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20920 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20921 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20922 instead of sending it to the printer.
20924 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20925 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20926 image in a file with that name.
20928 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20930 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20931 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20933 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20934 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20935 instead of sending it to the printer.
20937 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20938 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20939 image in a file with that name.
20941 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20943 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20944 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20946 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20947 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20948 instead of sending it to the printer.
20950 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20951 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20952 image in a file with that name.
20954 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20956 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20957 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20959 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20961 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20962 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20964 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20966 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20967 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20969 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20971 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20972 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20974 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20976 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20977 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20979 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20981 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20982 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20984 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20985 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20986 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20987 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20989 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20990 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20991 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20992 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20993 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20994 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20997 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20999 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
21000 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21004 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
21005 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21007 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21009 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21014 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
21015 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21019 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21020 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21024 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21025 Toggle printing with faces.
21029 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21034 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21039 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21042 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21044 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21049 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21054 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21055 Toggle upside-down.
21059 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21060 Toggle line number.
21064 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21065 Toggle zebra stripes.
21069 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21070 Toggle printing header.
21074 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21075 Toggle printing header frame.
21079 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21084 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21085 Toggle auto region.
21089 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21094 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21095 Customization of the `printing' group.
21097 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21099 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21100 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21102 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21104 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21105 Help for the printing package.
21107 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21109 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21110 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21114 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21115 Interactively select a text printer.
21119 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21120 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21124 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21125 Show current ps-print settings.
21127 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21129 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21130 Show current printing settings.
21132 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21134 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21135 Show current lpr settings.
21137 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21139 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21140 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21142 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21143 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21144 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21145 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21148 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21150 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21151 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21152 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21154 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21155 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21156 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21157 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21158 current active printer.
21160 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21161 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21162 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21165 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21166 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21167 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21168 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21169 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21172 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21173 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21175 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21177 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21178 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21179 be done using the new current active printer.
21181 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21182 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21185 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21186 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21187 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21188 instead of sending it to the printer.
21190 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21191 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21194 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21197 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21200 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21202 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21203 Fast fire function for text printing.
21205 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21206 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21207 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21208 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21210 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21211 user for a new active text printer.
21213 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21215 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21217 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21218 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21221 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21223 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21226 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21230 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21231 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
21232 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21234 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21235 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21236 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21238 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21239 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21240 if that value is non-nil.
21244 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21246 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21247 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21248 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21250 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17843 45612))
21255 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21257 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21258 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21259 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21263 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17843
21265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21267 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21268 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21270 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21272 The following variables hold user options, and can
21273 be set through the `customize' command:
21275 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21277 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21278 `ps-mode-print-function'
21280 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21284 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21287 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21293 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21294 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21295 The keymap for this second window is:
21297 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21300 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21301 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21302 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21303 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21304 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21310 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21311 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21312 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21313 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17843 45612))
21314 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21316 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21317 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21321 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21322 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21323 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21324 changed by setting the variable
21325 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21326 The initial value of this variable is
21327 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21330 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21331 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21332 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21333 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21334 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21335 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21338 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21339 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21340 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21341 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21342 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21343 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21344 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21345 use this value, be sure to have installed
21346 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21347 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21348 documentation of this variable).
21350 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21351 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21352 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21353 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21354 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21355 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21357 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21359 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21361 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21362 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21363 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21365 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21367 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21372 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21373 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21375 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21377 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21381 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21383 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21386 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21388 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21389 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21391 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21394 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21398 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21400 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21403 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21405 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21406 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21410 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21411 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21412 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21414 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21416 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21417 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21418 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21420 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21422 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21429 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21430 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21431 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21432 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21433 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21434 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17843
21436 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21438 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21439 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21440 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21442 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21444 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21445 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21446 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21447 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21449 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21451 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21452 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21456 nil Do not print colors.
21460 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21461 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21463 Any other value is treated as t.")
21465 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21467 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21468 Customization of ps-print group.
21472 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21473 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21475 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21476 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21477 sending it to the printer.
21479 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21480 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21481 image in a file with that name.
21483 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21485 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21486 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21487 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21488 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21489 so it has a way to determine color values.
21491 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21493 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21494 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21495 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21497 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21499 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21500 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21501 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21502 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21503 so it has a way to determine color values.
21505 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21507 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21508 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21509 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21510 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21512 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21516 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21517 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21518 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21519 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21520 so it has a way to determine color values.
21522 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21526 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21527 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21528 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21530 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21532 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21534 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21535 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21536 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21537 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21538 so it has a way to determine color values.
21540 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21542 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21544 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21545 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21547 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21548 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21549 instead of sending it to the printer.
21551 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21552 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21553 image in a file with that name.
21555 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21557 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21558 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21559 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21560 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21561 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21565 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21566 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21567 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21569 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21571 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21572 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21573 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21575 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21577 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21578 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21582 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21583 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21585 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21586 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21588 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21589 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21591 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21593 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21595 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21597 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21598 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21600 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21601 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21603 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21604 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21606 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21608 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21610 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21612 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21613 foreground and background colors respectively.
21615 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21616 bold - use bold font.
21617 italic - use italic font.
21618 underline - put a line under text.
21619 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21620 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21621 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21622 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21623 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21625 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21627 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21631 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21632 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
21633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21635 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21637 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21639 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21641 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21642 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21643 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21644 buffer automatically.
21646 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21647 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21648 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21649 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21650 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21651 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21652 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21654 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21655 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21656 buffer for a list of commands.)
21658 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21660 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21661 Major mode for editing Python files.
21662 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21663 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21664 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21665 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21667 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21668 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21669 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21670 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21671 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21672 \\<python-mode-map>
21673 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21674 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21675 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21676 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21677 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21678 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21680 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21681 effect outside them.
21683 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21684 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21685 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21686 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21687 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21688 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21689 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21690 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21691 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21693 \\{python-mode-map}
21697 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21698 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21699 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21700 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21706 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21707 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
21708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21710 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21711 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21712 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21715 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21716 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21718 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21719 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21720 them into characters should be done separately.
21722 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21726 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21727 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21728 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21729 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21730 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17843 45619))
21731 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21733 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21734 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21738 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21739 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21740 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21742 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21743 `quail-activate', which see.
21745 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21747 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21748 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21749 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21750 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21751 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21752 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21753 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21755 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21756 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21757 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21758 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21759 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21761 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21763 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21764 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21765 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21766 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21767 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21768 list of candidates.
21770 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21771 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21772 command to be called.
21774 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21775 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21776 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21777 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21779 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21780 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21781 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21782 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21783 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21786 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21787 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21788 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21789 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21791 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21792 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21793 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21794 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21796 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21797 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21798 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21799 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21800 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21801 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21803 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21804 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21805 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21806 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21807 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21808 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21810 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21811 covers Quail translation region.
21813 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21814 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21815 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21816 for it) is inserted.
21818 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21819 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21820 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21822 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21823 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21824 non-Quail commands.
21826 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21828 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21829 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21831 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21832 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21833 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21834 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21835 you type is correctly handled.
21837 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21839 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21840 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21842 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21845 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21847 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21848 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21849 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21850 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21851 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21852 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21853 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21854 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21855 for the translation.
21856 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21858 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21859 it is used to handle KEY.
21861 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21862 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21863 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21864 the following annotation types are supported.
21866 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21867 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21869 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21872 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21873 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21874 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21877 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21878 generated for the following translations.
21880 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21882 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21883 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21885 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21886 which to install MAP.
21888 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21890 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21892 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21893 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21895 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21896 which to install MAP.
21898 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21900 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21902 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21903 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21904 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21905 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21906 a function, or a cons.
21907 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21908 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21909 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21910 for the translation.
21911 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21912 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21913 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21914 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21915 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21917 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21918 it is used to handle KEY.
21920 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21921 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21922 current Quail package.
21924 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21925 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21927 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21929 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21930 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21932 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21933 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21935 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21937 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21938 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21940 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21942 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21943 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21944 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21945 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21946 of the Emacs source tree.
21948 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21949 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21951 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21952 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21955 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21959 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21960 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21961 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17843
21963 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21965 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21966 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21967 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21968 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21970 To make use of this do something like:
21972 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21974 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21976 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21977 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21979 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21980 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21981 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21983 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21985 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21986 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21988 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21990 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21991 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21993 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21996 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21998 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21999 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22001 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22002 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22003 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22005 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22007 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
22008 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22010 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22012 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
22013 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22017 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22018 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22020 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22022 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22026 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22027 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22033 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22034 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17843 45624))
22035 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22037 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22039 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22043 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22045 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22048 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22050 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22051 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22052 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22054 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22055 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22057 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22059 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22060 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22066 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17843
22068 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22070 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22071 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22074 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22078 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22079 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
22080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22082 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22084 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22085 Construct a regexp interactively.
22091 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17843 45612))
22092 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22094 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22095 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22096 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22097 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22098 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22099 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22101 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22103 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22104 Toggle recentf mode.
22105 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22106 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22108 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22109 that were operated on recently.
22111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22115 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22116 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22117 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22118 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17843
22120 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22122 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22123 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22124 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22125 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22127 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22129 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22131 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22132 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22133 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22134 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22137 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22138 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22141 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22143 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22144 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22145 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22147 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22148 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22151 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22153 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22154 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22155 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22157 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22159 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22160 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22162 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22163 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22165 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22168 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22169 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22170 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22171 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22174 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22176 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22177 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22181 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22182 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22183 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22184 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22185 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22186 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22187 and point is at the lower right corner.
22189 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22191 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22192 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22194 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22195 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22197 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22198 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22199 on the right side of the rectangle.
22201 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22203 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22205 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22206 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22207 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22208 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22209 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22211 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22212 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22214 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22216 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22217 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22218 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22220 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22222 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22224 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22226 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22227 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22229 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22230 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22231 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22233 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22235 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22236 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22237 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22239 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22240 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22241 rectangle which were empty.
22243 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22247 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17843
22249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22251 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22252 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22253 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22255 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22256 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22257 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22263 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22264 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17843 45630))
22265 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22267 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22268 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22272 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22273 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22275 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22276 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22278 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22279 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22280 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22283 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22284 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22285 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22287 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22288 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22289 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22291 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22292 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22294 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22295 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22297 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22298 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22301 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22305 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22306 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22307 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22313 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22314 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
22315 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22317 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22318 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22319 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22320 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22321 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22322 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22324 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22326 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22328 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22329 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22330 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22331 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22332 `reftex-cite-format'.
22334 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22335 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22336 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22337 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22339 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22343 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22344 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
22345 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22347 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22348 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22349 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22350 the current TeX document.
22352 With no argument, this command toggles
22353 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22354 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22360 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22361 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
22362 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22364 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22365 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22366 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22368 To insert new phrases, use
22369 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22370 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22372 To index phrases use one of:
22374 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22375 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22376 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22377 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22378 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22380 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22381 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22383 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22385 Here are all local bindings.
22387 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22393 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22394 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
22395 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22397 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22398 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22399 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22402 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17843
22408 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22409 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22410 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22411 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22412 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22416 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22417 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
22418 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22420 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22421 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22422 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22423 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22424 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22425 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22427 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22428 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22430 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22433 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22435 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22436 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22437 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22438 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22440 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22444 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17843 45612))
22445 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22447 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22448 Repeat most recently executed command.
22449 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22450 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22451 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22453 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22454 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22455 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22457 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22461 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22462 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
22463 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22465 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22466 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22468 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22469 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22470 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22471 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22472 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22473 and point is left after the salutation.
22475 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22476 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22477 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22478 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22479 left after that text.
22481 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22484 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22485 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22486 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22487 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22489 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22493 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22494 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
22495 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22497 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22498 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22499 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22500 visibility of comments that precede it.
22501 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22502 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22503 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22504 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22505 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22506 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22507 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22508 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22510 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22511 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22512 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22513 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22514 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22517 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22521 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17843
22523 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22525 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22526 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22532 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22533 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
22534 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22536 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22537 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22538 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22540 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22541 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22542 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22546 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22547 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22548 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22551 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22553 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22555 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22556 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22557 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22559 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22560 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22561 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22567 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22568 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
22569 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22571 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22572 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22576 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22577 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22579 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22583 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17843 45624))
22584 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22585 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22587 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22588 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22589 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22590 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22592 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22594 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22595 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22596 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22597 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22599 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22600 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22602 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22603 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22605 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22606 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22609 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22610 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22611 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22612 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22613 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22615 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22616 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22617 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22618 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22620 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22621 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22624 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22628 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22629 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22630 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22631 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22632 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22633 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22634 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17843
22636 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22638 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22639 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22640 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22642 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22644 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22645 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22646 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22647 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22649 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22651 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22652 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22653 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22654 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22655 value is the user's email address and name.)
22656 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22658 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22659 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22660 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22661 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22662 which normally happens once for each message,
22663 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22664 To make a change in this variable take effect
22665 for a message that you have already viewed,
22666 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22668 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22670 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22671 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22672 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22673 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22675 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22677 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22678 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22680 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22682 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22683 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22684 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22685 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22687 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22689 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22690 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22692 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22694 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22695 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22697 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22699 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22700 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22701 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22702 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22703 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22705 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22707 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22708 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22709 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22710 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22712 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22714 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22715 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22717 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22719 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22720 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22722 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22724 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22725 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22727 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22729 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22730 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22732 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22733 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22735 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22736 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22738 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22740 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22741 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22743 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22744 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22745 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22746 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22748 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22749 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22751 This is set to nil by default.")
22753 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22754 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22755 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22756 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22757 until a user explicitly requires it.
22759 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22760 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22763 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22765 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22766 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22767 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22768 It is called with no argument.")
22770 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22771 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22772 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22773 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22774 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22775 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22776 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22778 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22779 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22780 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22781 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22782 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22783 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22785 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22786 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22787 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22788 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22789 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22791 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22792 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22793 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22794 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22795 MSG is the message number,
22796 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22797 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22799 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22800 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22801 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22802 this feature is required with `require'.
22804 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22805 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22807 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22808 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22809 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22810 the message is decoded as normal way.
22812 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22813 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22814 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22816 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22817 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22818 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22820 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22821 Read and edit incoming mail.
22822 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22823 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22824 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22826 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22827 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22828 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22829 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22831 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22833 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22835 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22836 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22837 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22838 Instead, these commands are available:
22840 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22841 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22842 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22843 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22844 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22845 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22846 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22847 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22848 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22849 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22850 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22851 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22852 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22853 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22854 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22855 till a deleted message is found.
22856 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22857 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22858 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22859 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22860 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22861 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22862 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22863 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22864 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22865 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22866 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22867 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22868 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22869 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22870 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22871 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22872 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22873 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22874 (label defaults to last one specified).
22875 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22876 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22877 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22878 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22879 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22880 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22881 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22882 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22883 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22887 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22888 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22890 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22892 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22893 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22895 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22899 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22900 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
22901 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22903 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22904 Edit the contents of this message.
22910 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22911 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22912 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17843 45622))
22913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22915 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22916 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22917 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22919 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22921 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22922 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22923 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22925 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22927 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22930 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22932 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22933 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22934 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22935 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22936 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22938 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22940 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22941 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22942 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22943 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22944 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22946 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22950 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22951 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
22952 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22954 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22955 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22956 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22957 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22959 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22963 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22964 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22965 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17843 45622))
22966 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22968 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22969 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22970 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22971 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22972 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22973 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22974 a file name as a string.")
22976 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22978 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22979 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22980 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22981 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22982 buffer visiting that file.
22983 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22984 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22986 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22987 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22989 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22990 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22992 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22993 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22995 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22997 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22998 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23000 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
23002 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
23003 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23004 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23005 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23006 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23008 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23009 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23010 will be appended with their original headers.
23012 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23013 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23015 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23016 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23018 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23020 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23022 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23023 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23024 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23026 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23030 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23031 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23032 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17843
23034 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23036 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23037 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23038 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23040 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23042 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23043 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23044 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23046 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23048 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23049 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23050 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23052 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23054 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23055 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23056 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23058 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23060 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23061 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23062 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23064 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23066 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23067 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23068 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23070 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23072 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23073 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23074 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23075 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23077 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23081 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23082 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23083 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23084 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23085 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17843 45622))
23086 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23088 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23089 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23091 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
23093 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23094 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23096 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
23098 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23099 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23103 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23104 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23105 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23107 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23109 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23110 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23111 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23112 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23113 only look in the To and From fields.
23114 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23116 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23118 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23119 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23120 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23121 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23122 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23124 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23126 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23127 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23128 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23129 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23130 look in the whole message.
23131 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23133 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23135 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23136 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23137 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23139 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23141 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23142 *Function to decode summary-line.
23144 By default, `identity' is set.")
23146 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23148 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23149 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23150 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23151 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23152 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23153 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23154 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23156 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23157 sent by you under different user names.
23158 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23160 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23162 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23166 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23167 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
23168 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23170 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
23171 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23172 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23173 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23175 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23179 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23180 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17843 45612))
23181 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23183 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23184 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23186 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23188 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23189 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23191 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23193 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23194 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23196 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23198 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23199 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23200 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23202 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23203 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23206 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23210 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23211 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23217 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
23218 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
23219 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
23220 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
23221 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
23222 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
23224 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
23225 *This variable is obsolete.")
23227 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" t)
23229 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
23230 *This variable is obsolete.")
23232 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23234 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
23235 *This variable is obsolete.")
23237 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23239 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
23240 *This variable is obsolete.")
23242 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini" t)
23244 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
23245 *This variable is obsolete.")
23247 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23249 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
23250 *This variable is obsolete.")
23252 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23254 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
23255 This function is obsolete.
23257 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23261 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17838
23263 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23265 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23266 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23272 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17843
23274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23276 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23277 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23278 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23279 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23281 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23283 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23284 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23285 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23286 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23288 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23292 matches string STRING literally.
23295 matches character CHAR literally.
23297 `not-newline', `nonl'
23298 matches any character except a newline.
23301 matches any character
23306 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23307 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23308 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23310 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23311 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23312 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23313 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23315 `(not (any SET ...))'
23316 matches any character not in SET ...
23318 `line-start', `bol'
23319 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23320 in the text being matched
23323 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23325 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23326 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23327 string being matched against.
23329 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23330 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23331 string being matched against.
23334 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23335 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23338 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23339 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23342 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23344 `word-start', `bow'
23345 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23349 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23352 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23355 `(not word-boundary)'
23356 `not-word-boundary'
23357 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23360 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23361 matches 0 through 9.
23364 matches ASCII control characters.
23366 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23367 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23370 matches space and tab only.
23373 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23376 `printing', `print'
23377 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23380 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23381 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23382 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23384 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23385 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23386 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23389 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23392 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23394 `lower', `lower-case'
23395 matches anything lower-case.
23397 `upper', `upper-case'
23398 matches anything upper-case.
23400 `punctuation', `punct'
23401 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23402 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23404 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23405 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23408 matches anything that has word syntax.
23411 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23414 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23415 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23416 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23418 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23419 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23422 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23423 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23424 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23425 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23426 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23428 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23429 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23430 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23431 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23432 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23434 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23435 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23437 `(category CATEGORY)'
23438 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23439 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23441 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23442 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23443 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23444 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23448 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23449 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23450 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23451 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23452 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23453 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23454 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23455 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23456 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23457 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23458 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23459 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23460 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23461 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23470 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23474 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23476 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23481 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23482 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23484 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23485 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23486 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23487 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23488 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23490 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23491 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23492 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23493 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23495 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23496 another name for `submatch'.
23498 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23499 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23500 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23501 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23502 regular expression.
23504 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23505 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23506 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23507 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23508 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23510 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23511 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23513 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23514 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23516 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23518 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23521 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23522 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23525 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23526 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23528 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23530 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23533 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23536 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23538 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23539 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23541 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23544 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23547 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23551 matches N occurrences.
23554 matches N or more occurrences.
23556 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23557 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23558 matches N to M occurrences.
23561 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23564 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23567 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23570 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23574 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23576 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23580 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23581 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
23582 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23584 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23585 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23586 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23589 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23591 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23592 Toggle savehist-mode.
23593 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23594 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23595 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23596 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23598 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23599 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23600 which is probably undesirable.
23606 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23607 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
23608 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23610 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23611 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23612 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23614 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23615 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23616 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23617 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23618 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23619 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23620 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23621 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23624 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23625 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23626 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23627 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23628 if that value is non-nil.
23632 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23633 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23634 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23637 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23638 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23639 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23640 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23641 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23642 that variable's value is a string.
23648 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23649 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
23650 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23652 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23653 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23654 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23656 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23662 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17843
23664 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23666 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23667 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23668 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23669 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23671 Interesting variables:
23673 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23674 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23676 `scribe-electric-quote'
23677 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23679 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23680 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23681 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23687 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23688 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
23689 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23691 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23692 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23693 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23695 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23696 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23698 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23700 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23701 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23702 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23703 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23704 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23710 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23711 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
23712 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23714 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23715 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23716 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23717 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23718 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23725 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23726 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23727 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23728 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23729 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23730 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23731 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23732 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23733 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17843 45622))
23734 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23736 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23737 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23739 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23741 If `parens', they look like:
23742 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23743 If `angles', they look like:
23744 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23745 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23746 derived from the envelope-from address.
23748 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23749 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23750 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23751 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23753 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23755 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23756 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23757 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23758 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23760 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23761 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23762 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23763 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23765 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23767 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23768 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23769 This is done when the message is initialized,
23770 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23772 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23774 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23775 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23776 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23778 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23780 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23782 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23783 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23784 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23785 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23786 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23787 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23788 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23790 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23792 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23793 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23795 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23797 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23798 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23799 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23801 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23803 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23804 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23805 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23806 when you first send mail.")
23808 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23810 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23811 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23812 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23813 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23814 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23816 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23818 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23819 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23820 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23821 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23822 This file need not actually exist.")
23824 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23826 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23827 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23828 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23830 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23832 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23833 Alist of mail address aliases,
23834 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23835 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23836 can specify a different file name.)
23837 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23838 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23840 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23841 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23842 nil means use indentation.")
23844 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23846 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23847 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23848 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23850 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23852 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23853 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23854 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23855 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23856 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23857 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23858 in the cited portion of the message.
23860 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23861 instead of no action.")
23863 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23865 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23866 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23867 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23868 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23869 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23871 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23873 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23874 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23875 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23876 If a string, that string is inserted.
23877 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23878 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23879 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23880 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23882 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23884 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23885 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23887 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23889 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23890 Directory for mail buffers.
23891 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23892 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23894 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23896 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23897 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23898 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23899 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23901 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23903 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23904 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23905 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23906 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23909 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23911 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23912 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23913 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23914 `query' means ask the user each time.
23915 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23916 The default is `mime'.
23917 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23918 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23920 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23922 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23923 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23924 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23926 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23927 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23929 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23930 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23931 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23932 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23933 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23934 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23935 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23936 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23937 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23938 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23939 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23940 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23941 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23945 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23946 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23948 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23949 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23951 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23953 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23954 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23955 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23956 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23957 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23958 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23960 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23961 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23962 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23964 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23965 User should not set this variable manually,
23966 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23967 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23968 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23969 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23971 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23972 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23973 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23974 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23976 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23977 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23980 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23982 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23983 to move to message header fields:
23986 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23987 when the message is initialized.
23989 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23990 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23992 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23995 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23996 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23998 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23999 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24000 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24001 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24002 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24003 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24004 buffer without erasing the contents.
24006 The second through fifth arguments,
24007 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24008 the initial contents of those header fields.
24009 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24010 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24011 original message being replied to, or else an action
24012 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24013 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24014 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24015 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24016 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24017 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24019 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24021 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
24022 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24024 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24026 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
24027 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24029 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24033 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
24034 ;;;;;; (17838 18033))
24035 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24037 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
24038 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24039 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24040 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24041 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24042 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24044 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24046 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24048 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24049 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24050 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24051 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24052 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24053 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24055 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24057 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24058 Toggle Server mode.
24059 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24060 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24061 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24067 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17843 45612))
24068 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24070 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24071 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24072 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
24076 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24077 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24078 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24079 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24085 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24086 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
24087 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24089 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24090 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24092 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24095 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24096 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24097 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24099 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24100 in your `.emacs' file.
24102 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24104 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24105 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24110 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24112 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24113 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24114 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24115 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24116 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24117 which this is based.
24119 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24121 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24122 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24123 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24124 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24126 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24127 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24128 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24130 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24131 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24132 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24133 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24135 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24136 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24137 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24138 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24140 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24142 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24143 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24144 To work around that, do:
24145 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24153 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24154 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
24155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24156 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24158 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24159 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24160 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24161 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24162 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24163 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24165 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24166 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24167 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24168 shell-specific features.
24170 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24171 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24172 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24174 \\[sh-case] case statement
24175 \\[sh-for] for loop
24176 \\[sh-function] function definition
24177 \\[sh-if] if statement
24178 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24179 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24180 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24181 \\[sh-select] select loop
24182 \\[sh-until] until loop
24183 \\[sh-while] while loop
24185 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24186 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24187 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24188 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24189 would indent to the way it currently is.
24190 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24191 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24194 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24195 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24196 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24197 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24198 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24199 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24201 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24203 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24205 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24206 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24207 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24209 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24210 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24214 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24218 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17843 45617))
24219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24221 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24222 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24223 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24224 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24225 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24226 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24228 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24232 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24233 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
24234 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24236 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24237 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24239 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
24240 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24241 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24242 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24245 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24247 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24249 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24250 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24251 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24253 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24254 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24256 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24257 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24258 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24259 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24260 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24261 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24262 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24265 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24266 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24267 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24268 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24269 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24271 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24272 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24273 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24279 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24280 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17843
24282 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24284 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24285 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24286 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24287 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24288 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24289 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24294 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24295 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24296 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24297 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24298 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24302 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24303 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24304 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24305 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24306 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24307 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24308 `shadow-define-cluster').
24312 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24313 Set up file shadowing.
24319 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24320 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
24321 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24323 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24324 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24325 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24326 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24327 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24330 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24332 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24333 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24334 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24335 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24336 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24337 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24338 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24339 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24340 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24341 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24342 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24343 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24344 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24345 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24347 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24348 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24349 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24350 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24351 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24352 `default-process-coding-system'.
24354 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24355 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24356 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24357 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24359 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24361 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24362 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24366 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24367 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17843 45617))
24368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24370 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24373 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24375 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24378 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24380 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24383 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24387 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24388 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
24389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24391 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24392 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24393 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24394 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24395 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24397 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17843 45612))
24404 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24405 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24409 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17843
24411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24413 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24414 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24415 \\{simula-mode-map}
24416 Variables controlling indentation style:
24417 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24418 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24419 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24420 `simula-indent-level'
24421 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24422 `simula-substatement-offset'
24423 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24424 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24425 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24426 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24427 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24428 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24429 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24430 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24431 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24432 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24433 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24434 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24435 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24436 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24437 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24438 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24439 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24440 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24441 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24442 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24443 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24444 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24445 or nil if they should not be changed.
24446 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24447 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24448 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24449 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24451 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24452 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24458 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24459 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17843 45612))
24460 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24462 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24463 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24465 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24466 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24467 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24468 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24470 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24472 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24474 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24475 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24476 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24477 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24478 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24480 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24481 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24483 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24485 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24486 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24488 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24489 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24490 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24491 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24493 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24494 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24495 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24496 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24498 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24499 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24500 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24502 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24503 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24505 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24506 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24508 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24509 _ interesting point, interregion here
24510 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24511 interesting point set by _
24512 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24513 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24514 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24515 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24516 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24517 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24520 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24521 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24523 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24524 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24525 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24526 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24527 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24528 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24529 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24530 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24532 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24533 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24534 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24535 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24536 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24539 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24540 then: insert previously read string once more
24541 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24542 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24543 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24545 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24546 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24548 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24550 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24551 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24553 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24554 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24555 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24556 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24557 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24560 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24561 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24562 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24568 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24569 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
24570 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24572 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24573 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24574 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24577 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24579 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24580 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24581 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24587 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24588 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
24589 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24591 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24592 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24593 A list of images is returned.
24595 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24597 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24598 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24599 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24601 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24605 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24606 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17843 45622))
24607 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24609 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24614 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24615 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24621 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17843 45626))
24622 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24624 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24625 Play the Snake game.
24626 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24628 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24630 Snake mode keybindings:
24632 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24633 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24634 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24635 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24636 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24637 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24638 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24644 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24645 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
24646 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24648 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24649 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24650 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24651 Tab indents for C code.
24652 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24653 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24655 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24660 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24661 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24662 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24663 Tab indents for C code.
24664 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24665 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24667 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24668 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24674 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24675 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24676 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17843 45615))
24677 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24679 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24680 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24682 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24683 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24684 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24686 For example, the form
24688 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24689 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24691 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24693 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24695 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24696 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24698 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24699 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24700 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24703 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24705 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24707 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24708 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24710 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24711 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24712 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24715 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24717 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24719 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24720 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24721 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24724 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24726 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24728 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24729 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24730 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24732 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24733 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24735 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24739 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24740 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24741 Requires floating point.
24747 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17843
24749 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24751 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24754 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24755 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24756 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24757 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24758 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24759 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24760 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24761 check after each move or undo)
24765 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24766 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24767 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24786 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24787 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24788 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24789 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24791 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24792 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24793 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24796 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24797 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24799 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24815 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24817 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24823 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24824 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24825 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17843 45612))
24826 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24828 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24829 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24831 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24832 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24833 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24834 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24837 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24838 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24839 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24842 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24843 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24845 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24846 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24847 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24848 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24851 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24852 It should move point to the end of the record.
24854 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24855 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24856 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24857 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24858 starts at the beginning of the record.
24860 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24861 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24864 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24865 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24867 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24869 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24870 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24871 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24872 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24873 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24876 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24878 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24879 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24880 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24881 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24882 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24885 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24887 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24888 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24889 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24890 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24891 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24894 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24896 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24897 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24898 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24899 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24900 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24901 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24902 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24903 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24904 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24906 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24908 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24909 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24910 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24911 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24912 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24913 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24914 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24917 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24919 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24920 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24921 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24922 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24923 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24924 is to be used for sorting.
24925 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24926 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24927 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24928 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24929 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24931 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24933 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24936 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24937 starting with the letter \"f\",
24938 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24940 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24942 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24943 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24944 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24945 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24946 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24947 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24948 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24951 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24952 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24953 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24954 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24955 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24957 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24959 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24960 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24961 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24963 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24967 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17843
24969 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24971 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24972 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24978 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24979 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24980 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17843 45617))
24981 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24983 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24984 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24986 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24987 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24988 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24990 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24992 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24993 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24994 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24997 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24999 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
25000 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25001 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25003 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25005 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
25006 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25007 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25008 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25013 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
25014 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25015 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25016 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25022 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25023 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17843 45612))
25024 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25026 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
25028 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
25029 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25030 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25031 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25032 supported at a time.
25033 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25034 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25038 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
25039 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25040 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25041 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25047 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25048 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17843 45630))
25049 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25051 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25053 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25054 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25055 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25056 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25057 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25058 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25062 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25063 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25064 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25065 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25069 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25070 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25071 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25072 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25073 for example, \"word\".
25075 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25077 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25078 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25080 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25084 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17843
25086 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25088 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25089 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25093 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25094 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25100 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25101 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25102 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25103 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17843
25105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25107 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25108 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25110 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25111 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25112 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25113 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25114 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25115 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25116 of the current highlighting list.
25120 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25121 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25123 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25124 `_t' as data types.
25126 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25128 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25129 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25131 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25132 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25134 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25136 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25137 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25138 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25140 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25142 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25143 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25144 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25145 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25146 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25147 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25149 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25150 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25152 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25154 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25155 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25156 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25157 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25159 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25160 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25161 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25162 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25164 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25165 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25166 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25170 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25171 Major mode to edit SQL.
25173 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25174 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25175 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25178 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25180 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25181 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25182 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25183 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25184 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25185 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25187 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25188 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25190 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25191 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25192 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25194 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25196 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25200 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25201 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25203 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25204 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25207 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25209 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25211 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25212 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25214 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25215 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25218 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25219 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25220 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25221 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25223 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25224 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25226 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25227 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25228 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25229 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25230 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25231 `default-process-coding-system'.
25233 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25237 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25238 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25240 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25241 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25244 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25245 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25246 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25247 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25249 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25250 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25252 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25253 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25254 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25255 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25256 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25257 `default-process-coding-system'.
25259 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25263 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25264 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25266 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25267 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25270 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25271 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25273 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25274 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25276 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25277 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25278 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25279 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25280 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25281 `default-process-coding-system'.
25283 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25287 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25288 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25290 SQLite is free software.
25292 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25293 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25296 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25297 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25298 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25299 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25301 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25302 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25304 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25305 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25306 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25307 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25308 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25309 `default-process-coding-system'.
25311 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25315 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25316 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25318 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25320 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25321 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25324 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25325 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25326 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25327 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25329 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25330 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25332 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25333 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25334 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25335 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25336 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25337 `default-process-coding-system'.
25339 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25343 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25344 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25346 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25347 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25350 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25351 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25354 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25355 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25357 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25358 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25359 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25360 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25361 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25362 `default-process-coding-system'.
25364 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25368 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25369 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25371 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25372 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25375 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25376 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25378 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25379 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25381 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25382 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25383 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25384 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25385 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25386 `default-process-coding-system'.
25388 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25392 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25393 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25395 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25396 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25399 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25400 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25401 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25402 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25404 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25405 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25407 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25408 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25409 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25410 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25411 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25412 `default-process-coding-system'.
25414 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25418 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25419 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25421 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25422 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25425 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25426 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25427 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25428 `sql-postgres-options'.
25430 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25431 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25433 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25434 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25435 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25436 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25437 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25438 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25439 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25440 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25442 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25443 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25445 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25449 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25450 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25452 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25453 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25456 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25457 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25460 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25461 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25463 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25464 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25465 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25466 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25467 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25468 `default-process-coding-system'.
25470 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25474 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25475 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25477 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25478 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25481 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25484 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25485 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25487 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25488 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25489 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25490 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25492 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25493 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25494 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25495 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25496 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25497 `default-process-coding-system'.
25499 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25503 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25504 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25506 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25507 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25510 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25511 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25512 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25513 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25516 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25517 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25518 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25519 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25522 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25523 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25525 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25531 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25532 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25533 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25534 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25535 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17843
25537 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25539 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25540 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25541 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25542 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25543 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25544 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25546 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25548 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25550 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25551 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25552 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25553 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25554 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25555 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25556 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25558 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25560 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25561 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25562 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25563 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25564 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25565 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25566 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25568 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25570 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25571 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25572 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25574 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25576 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25577 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25578 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25580 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25582 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25583 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25585 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25587 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25588 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25592 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25593 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25597 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25598 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25599 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25600 chronologically by command name.
25601 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25603 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25605 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25606 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25607 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25609 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25610 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25612 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25614 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25615 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25616 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25617 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25618 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25619 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25620 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25622 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25623 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25624 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25625 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25627 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25631 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25632 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25633 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25634 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25636 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25638 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25639 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25645 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25646 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17075 55479))
25647 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25649 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25650 Studlify-case the region.
25652 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25654 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25655 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25657 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25659 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25660 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25666 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17843 45612))
25667 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25669 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25670 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25671 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25672 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25673 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25674 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25676 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25677 is used instead of `load-path'.
25679 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25680 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25681 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25683 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25687 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25688 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
25689 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25691 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25692 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25693 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25694 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25695 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25696 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25697 original message but it does require a few things:
25699 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25701 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25704 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25705 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25708 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25710 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25712 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25713 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25714 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25720 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17842 25773))
25721 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25723 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25724 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25725 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25726 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25727 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25728 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25730 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25732 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25733 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25734 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25736 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25742 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17843 45612))
25743 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25745 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25746 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25747 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25748 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25749 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25751 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25753 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25754 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25755 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25756 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25757 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25758 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25759 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25761 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25765 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25766 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25767 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25768 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25769 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25770 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25771 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25772 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25773 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25774 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25775 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25776 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25777 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17843 45630))
25778 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25780 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25781 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25782 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25784 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25786 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25787 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25789 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25791 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25792 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25794 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25796 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25797 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25799 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25801 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25802 Insert an editable text table.
25803 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25804 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25805 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25806 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25807 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25808 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25813 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25815 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25820 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25821 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25822 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25823 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25826 +-----+-----+-----+
25828 +-----+-----+-----+
25830 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25832 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25833 width, which results as
25835 +--------------+-----+-----+
25837 +--------------+-----+-----+
25839 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25840 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25842 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25844 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25846 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25847 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25848 width information to `table-insert'.
25850 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25856 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25859 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25860 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25862 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25865 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25867 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25869 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25872 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25875 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25877 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25879 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25882 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25885 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25888 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25889 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25890 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25892 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25895 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25898 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25901 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25903 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25906 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25909 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25910 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25911 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25912 | | |expected results.-!- |
25913 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25916 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25918 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25922 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25924 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25925 Insert N table row(s).
25926 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25927 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25928 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25929 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25933 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25934 Insert N table column(s).
25935 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25936 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25937 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25938 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25942 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25943 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25944 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25946 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25948 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25949 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25950 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25951 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25952 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25953 all the table specific features.
25955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25957 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25962 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25963 Recognize all tables within region.
25964 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25965 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25966 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25969 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25971 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25974 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25976 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25977 Recognize a table at point.
25978 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25979 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25980 the table specific features.
25982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25984 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25989 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25990 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25991 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25992 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25993 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25994 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25995 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25997 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25999 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
26004 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
26005 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26006 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26007 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26008 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26009 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26012 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26014 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
26015 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26016 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26017 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26018 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26019 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26020 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26025 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
26026 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26027 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26028 table's rectangle structure.
26030 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26032 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
26033 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26034 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26035 table's rectangle structure.
26039 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
26040 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26041 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26042 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26043 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26045 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26047 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26048 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26049 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26051 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26052 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26053 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26054 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26055 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26056 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26057 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26059 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26060 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26061 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26062 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26063 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26064 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26065 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26067 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26068 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26069 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26070 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26071 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26072 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26073 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26074 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26076 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26078 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26079 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26080 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26081 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26085 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26086 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26087 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26089 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26091 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26092 Split current cell vertically.
26093 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26097 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26098 Split current cell horizontally.
26099 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26103 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26104 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26105 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26107 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26109 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26110 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26111 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26112 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26114 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26116 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26117 Justify cell contents.
26118 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26119 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26120 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26121 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26123 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26125 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26126 Justify cells of a row.
26127 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26128 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26130 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26132 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26133 Justify cells of a column.
26134 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26135 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26137 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26139 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26140 Toggle fixing width mode.
26141 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26142 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26143 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26147 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26148 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26149 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26150 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26151 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26152 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26153 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26154 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26155 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26156 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26157 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26159 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26161 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26162 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26163 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26164 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26165 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26166 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26167 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26168 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26169 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26170 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26171 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26172 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26175 References used for this implementation:
26181 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26183 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26184 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26185 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26187 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26189 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26190 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26191 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26192 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26193 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26194 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26195 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26196 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26197 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26198 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26199 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26200 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26201 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26202 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26203 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26204 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26205 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26210 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26211 (table-forward-cell 15)
26212 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26213 (table-forward-cell 16)
26214 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26215 (table-forward-cell 1)
26216 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26219 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26220 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26221 (table-forward-cell 1)
26222 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26224 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26226 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26227 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26228 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26229 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26230 consists from cells of same height.
26234 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26235 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26236 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26237 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26238 column must consists from cells of same width.
26242 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26243 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26244 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26245 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26246 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26247 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26248 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26249 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26250 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26251 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26252 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26253 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26254 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26255 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26256 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26265 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26266 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26267 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26270 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26272 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26274 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26276 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26280 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26281 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26282 of each row is optional.
26287 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26288 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26289 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26290 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26291 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26293 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26294 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26296 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26297 expression and raw delimiter regular
26298 expression, it parses the specified text
26299 area and extracts cell items from
26300 non-table text and then forms a table out
26303 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26304 creates a single cell table. The text in
26305 the specified region is placed in that
26308 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26311 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26312 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26313 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26315 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26316 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26317 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26318 | area and extracts cell items from |
26319 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26322 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26323 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26324 | the specified region is placed in that |
26326 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26328 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26329 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26332 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26333 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26334 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26335 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26336 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26337 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26338 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26339 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26340 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26342 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26343 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26344 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26345 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26347 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26349 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26350 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26351 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26353 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26355 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26356 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26357 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26358 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26359 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26365 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17843 45612))
26366 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26368 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26369 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26371 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26375 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17843 45612))
26376 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26378 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26379 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26380 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26381 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26382 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26383 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26384 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26386 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26387 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26388 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26389 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26391 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26398 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26399 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17843 45629))
26400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26402 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26403 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26404 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26405 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26406 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26407 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26409 Variables controlling indentation style:
26411 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26412 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26413 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26415 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26416 documentation for details):
26417 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26418 Controls action of TAB key.
26420 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26421 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26422 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26423 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26424 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26426 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26427 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26435 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26436 Run inferior Tcl process.
26437 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26438 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26442 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26443 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26444 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26446 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26450 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17843 45624))
26451 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26452 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26454 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26455 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26456 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26457 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26459 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26460 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26461 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26462 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26463 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26465 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26466 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26468 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26469 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26470 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26471 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26477 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17843
26479 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26481 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26482 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26483 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26484 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26485 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26486 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26488 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26490 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26491 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26492 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26493 commands to use in that buffer.
26495 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26497 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26499 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26500 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26502 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26506 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17843
26508 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26510 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26511 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26512 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26513 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26514 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26515 program as keyboard input.
26517 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26518 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26519 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26520 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26522 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26523 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26524 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26525 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26526 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26528 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26530 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26531 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26532 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26533 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26535 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26536 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26537 subprocess started.
26539 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26543 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26544 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
26545 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26547 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26548 Start coverage on function under point.
26554 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17843 45626))
26555 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26557 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26558 Play the Tetris game.
26559 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26560 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26561 as to form complete rows.
26563 tetris-mode keybindings:
26564 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26565 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26566 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26567 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26568 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26569 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26570 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26571 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26572 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26578 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26579 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26580 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26581 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26582 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26583 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26584 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26585 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
26586 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26588 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26589 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26591 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26593 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26594 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26595 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26596 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26597 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26599 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26601 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26602 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26603 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26604 if it matches the first line of the file,
26605 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26607 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26609 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26610 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26611 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26612 if the variable is non-nil.")
26614 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26616 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26617 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26619 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26621 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26622 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26623 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26624 See the documentation of that variable.")
26626 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26628 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26629 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26630 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26631 See the documentation of that variable.")
26633 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26635 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26636 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26637 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26638 See the documentation of that variable.")
26640 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26642 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26643 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26644 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26645 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26646 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26648 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26650 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26651 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26652 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26653 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26655 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26657 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26658 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26659 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26661 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26663 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26664 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26665 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26666 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26668 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26670 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26671 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26672 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26673 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26675 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26677 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26678 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26679 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26680 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26682 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26683 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26686 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26687 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26689 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26692 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26694 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26695 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26696 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26697 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26698 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26700 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26702 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26704 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26705 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26706 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26708 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26710 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26711 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26712 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26713 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26714 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26716 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26718 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26719 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26721 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26723 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26724 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26726 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26728 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26729 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26730 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26731 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26732 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26733 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26734 says which mode to use.
26738 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26740 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26742 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26744 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26745 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26746 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26747 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26748 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26750 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26751 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26752 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26753 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26754 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26755 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26756 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26758 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26759 mismatched $'s or braces.
26762 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26766 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26768 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26769 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26770 tex-dvi-print-command
26771 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26772 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26773 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26774 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26775 tex-dvi-view-command
26776 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26777 tex-show-queue-command
26778 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26779 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26781 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26782 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26783 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26787 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26788 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26789 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26790 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26791 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26793 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26794 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26795 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26796 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26797 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26798 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26799 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26801 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26802 mismatched $'s or braces.
26809 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26811 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26812 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26813 tex-dvi-print-command
26814 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26815 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26816 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26817 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26818 tex-dvi-view-command
26819 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26820 tex-show-queue-command
26821 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26822 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26824 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26825 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26826 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26830 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26831 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26832 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26833 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26834 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26836 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26837 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26838 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26839 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26840 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26841 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26842 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26844 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26845 mismatched $'s or braces.
26848 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26852 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26854 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26855 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26856 tex-dvi-print-command
26857 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26858 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26859 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26860 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26861 tex-dvi-view-command
26862 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26863 tex-show-queue-command
26864 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26865 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26867 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26868 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26869 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26870 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26874 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26879 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26880 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26886 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26887 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17843 45630))
26888 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26890 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26891 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26892 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26893 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26895 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26896 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26897 Info-split to do these manually.
26899 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26901 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26902 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26903 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26904 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26905 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26907 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26909 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26910 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26911 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26912 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26914 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26915 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26916 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26917 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26919 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26920 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26922 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26926 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26927 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17843 45630))
26928 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26930 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26931 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26933 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26935 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26936 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26938 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26940 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26941 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26943 It has these extra commands:
26944 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26946 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26947 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26948 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26949 modified version of TeX input format.
26951 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26952 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26953 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26954 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26956 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26957 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26958 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26959 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26960 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26961 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26962 in the Texinfo file.
26964 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26965 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26966 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26967 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26968 move forward past the closing brace.
26970 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26971 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26973 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26974 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26975 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26977 Here are the functions:
26979 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26980 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26981 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26983 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26984 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26985 texinfo-master-menu
26987 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26989 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26990 which menu descriptions are indented.
26992 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26993 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26996 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26997 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26998 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26999 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27001 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27002 be the first node in the file.
27004 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27005 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27011 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27012 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27013 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27014 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
27015 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27017 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
27018 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27019 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27020 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27022 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27024 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
27025 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27027 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27029 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
27030 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27034 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
27037 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27039 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
27040 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27041 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27042 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27045 The return value is number of composed characters.
27047 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27049 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27050 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27056 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27057 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27058 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17843 45612))
27059 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27061 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27062 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27064 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27066 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27067 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27068 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27069 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27070 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27072 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27073 a symbol as a valid THING.
27075 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27076 of the textual entity that was found.
27078 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27080 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27081 Return the THING at point.
27082 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27083 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27084 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27086 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27087 a symbol as a valid THING.
27089 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27091 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27096 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27101 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27106 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27113 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27114 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27115 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
27116 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27118 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27119 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27123 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27124 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27125 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27126 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27128 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27130 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27131 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27135 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27136 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27140 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27142 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27143 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27149 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27150 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27151 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27152 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27153 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27154 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17843 45621))
27155 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27157 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27158 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27159 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27163 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27164 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27166 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27168 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27169 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27170 The returned string has no composition information.
27172 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27174 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27175 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27177 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27179 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27180 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27182 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27184 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27185 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27186 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27187 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27189 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27191 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27192 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27193 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27194 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27196 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27198 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27201 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27203 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27204 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27205 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27209 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27210 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27211 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27215 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27218 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27220 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27223 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27225 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27228 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27232 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27233 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
27234 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27236 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27237 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27238 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27239 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27241 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27243 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27245 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27246 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27247 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27248 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27250 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27256 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27257 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17843 45612))
27258 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27260 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27261 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27263 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27265 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27266 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27267 This display updates automatically every minute.
27268 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27269 are displayed as well.
27270 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27274 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27275 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27276 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27277 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27278 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27279 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27281 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27283 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27284 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27285 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27287 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27288 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27289 are displayed as well.
27290 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27296 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27297 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27298 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27299 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17843
27301 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27303 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27304 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27306 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27308 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27309 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27310 You can use `float-time' instead.
27312 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27314 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27315 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27317 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27319 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27320 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27322 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27324 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27325 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27327 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27329 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27330 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27331 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27333 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27335 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27337 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27338 Subtract two time values.
27339 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27341 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27343 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27344 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27346 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27348 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27349 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27350 DATE should be a date-time string.
27352 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27354 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27355 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27356 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27358 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27360 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27361 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27363 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27365 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27366 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27368 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27370 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27371 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27372 TIME should be a time value.
27373 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27375 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27377 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27378 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27379 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27381 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27385 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27386 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17843 45612))
27387 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27388 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27389 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27390 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27391 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27392 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27393 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27394 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27396 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27397 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27398 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27399 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27400 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27401 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27402 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27403 look like one of the following:
27406 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27407 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27408 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27409 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27410 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27411 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27412 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27417 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27418 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27419 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27425 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27426 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27427 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27428 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27429 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
27430 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27432 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27433 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27434 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27435 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27436 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27437 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27438 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27439 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27440 display (non-nil means on).
27442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27444 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27445 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27446 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27447 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27448 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27449 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27450 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27451 this function is called within a day.
27453 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27454 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27455 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27456 discover the name of the project.
27458 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27460 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27461 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27462 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27463 begun during the last time segment.
27465 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27466 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27467 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27468 discover the reason.
27470 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27472 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27473 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27474 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27475 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27476 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27478 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27480 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27481 Change to working on a different project.
27482 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27483 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27484 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27487 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27489 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27490 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27491 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27495 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27496 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27497 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27501 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27502 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27503 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27504 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27505 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27506 \"relative to today\".
27508 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27510 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27511 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27512 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27513 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27515 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27517 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27518 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27519 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27520 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27521 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27522 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27524 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27528 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27529 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27530 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17843 45615))
27531 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27533 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27535 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27536 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27538 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27540 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27541 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27542 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27543 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27545 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27547 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27548 Perform an action at time TIME.
27549 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27550 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27551 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27552 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27553 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27554 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27556 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27558 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27560 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27561 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27562 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27563 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27564 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27566 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27568 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27570 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27571 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27572 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27573 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27575 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27577 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27578 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27579 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27580 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27581 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27582 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27583 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27585 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27586 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27588 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27590 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27591 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27593 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27594 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27595 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27596 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27597 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27598 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27601 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27605 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27606 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17843 45620))
27607 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27609 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27610 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27611 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27612 the generated Quail package is saved.
27614 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27616 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27617 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27618 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27619 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27620 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27621 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27622 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27624 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27628 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27629 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17843
27631 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27633 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27636 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27638 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27641 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27643 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27644 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27645 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27648 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27652 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27653 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17843 45612))
27654 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27655 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27656 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27657 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27659 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27660 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27661 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27662 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27663 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27665 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27667 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27668 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27669 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27670 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27671 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27673 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27675 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27676 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27677 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27678 in the menu in two ways:
27679 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27680 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27681 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27683 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27684 keymap or an alist of alists.
27685 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27686 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27688 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27692 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27693 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27694 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17843 45615))
27695 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27697 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27698 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27702 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27703 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27705 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27707 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27708 Insert new TODO list entry.
27709 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27714 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27715 List top priorities for each category.
27717 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27718 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27720 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27721 between each category.
27723 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27725 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27726 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27727 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27728 between each category.
27730 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27732 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27734 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27735 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27741 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27742 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27746 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27753 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27754 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27755 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
27756 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27758 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27760 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27761 Add an item to the tool bar.
27762 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27763 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27764 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27765 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27767 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27768 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27769 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27770 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27772 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27773 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27775 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27777 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27778 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27779 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27780 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27781 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27782 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27784 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27785 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27786 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27787 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27789 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27791 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27792 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27793 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27794 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27795 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27796 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27797 properties to add to the binding.
27799 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27801 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27802 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27804 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27806 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27807 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27808 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27809 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27810 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27811 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27812 properties to add to the binding.
27814 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27817 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27821 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27822 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
27823 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27825 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27826 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27827 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27830 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27832 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27834 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27839 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27841 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27842 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27848 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27849 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17843 45615))
27850 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27852 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27853 Set scroll margins.
27855 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27857 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27858 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27862 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27863 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27869 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17843 45615))
27870 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27872 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27873 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27874 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27875 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27876 to a tcp server on another machine.
27878 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27882 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27883 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17843 45615))
27884 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27886 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27887 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27889 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27891 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27892 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27893 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27894 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27895 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27896 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27897 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27898 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27900 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27902 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27903 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27904 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27905 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27906 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27907 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27908 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27909 the window or buffer configuration.
27911 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27913 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27917 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27918 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27919 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27920 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17844 62922))
27921 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27923 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27924 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27925 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27927 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27928 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27929 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27930 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27932 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27933 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27934 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27935 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27937 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27938 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27939 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27940 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27941 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27942 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27943 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27944 files which are not really tramp files.
27946 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27947 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27948 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27949 updated after changing this variable.
27951 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27953 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27955 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27956 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27957 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27958 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27960 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27961 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27962 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27963 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27965 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27966 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27967 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27969 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27970 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27971 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27972 updated after changing this variable.
27974 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27976 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27978 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27979 Alist of completion handler functions.
27980 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27981 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27982 normal Emacs functions.")
27984 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27985 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27986 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27987 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27989 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27990 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27991 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27992 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27994 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27995 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27996 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27998 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28000 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28001 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
28002 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28004 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28005 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28008 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
28010 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
28015 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
28016 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
28018 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28020 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
28021 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
28023 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28025 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
28026 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28032 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28033 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
28034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28036 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
28043 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
28044 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
28045 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
28046 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
28047 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
28048 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17843
28050 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
28052 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28053 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
28057 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
28058 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
28060 Convenience command that:
28062 - Opens dired in folder DIR
28063 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
28064 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
28066 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
28067 image files in dired and type
28068 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
28070 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
28072 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
28073 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
28075 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
28077 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28078 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28079 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
28080 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
28081 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
28084 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
28085 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
28086 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
28088 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
28089 instead of erasing it first.
28091 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
28092 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
28093 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
28094 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
28095 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
28096 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
28098 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
28100 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
28101 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
28102 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
28103 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
28108 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
28110 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
28111 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
28115 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
28116 Remove tag for selected file(s).
28117 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
28121 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
28122 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
28126 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
28127 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
28128 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
28129 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
28133 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
28134 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28138 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
28139 Shorthand for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
28143 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
28144 Display file at point using an external viewer.
28148 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
28149 Display current image file.
28150 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
28151 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
28153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28155 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
28156 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
28160 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
28161 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
28162 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
28163 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
28164 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
28165 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
28166 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
28170 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
28171 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
28172 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
28179 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17843
28181 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28183 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28184 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28185 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28186 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28187 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28188 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28189 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28190 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28192 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28193 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28194 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28196 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28197 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28200 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28204 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28205 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17843 45630))
28206 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28207 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28208 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28209 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28211 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28212 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28213 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28214 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28215 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28216 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28217 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28219 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28221 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28222 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28223 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28224 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28226 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28230 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28231 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28232 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28233 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28234 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28235 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28236 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28238 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28239 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28241 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28244 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28246 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28252 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28253 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28254 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28255 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28256 ;;;;;; (17845 22175))
28257 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28259 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28260 Toggle typing break mode.
28261 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28262 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28263 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28265 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28267 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28268 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28270 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28272 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28273 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28275 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28276 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28277 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28279 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28280 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28282 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28284 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28285 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28287 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28288 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28289 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28290 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28292 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28294 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28295 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28296 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28298 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28299 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28300 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28301 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28302 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28303 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28305 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28306 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28307 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28308 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28310 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28311 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28313 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28314 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28316 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28318 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28319 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28320 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28322 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28323 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28324 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28325 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28326 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28327 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28328 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28330 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28331 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28333 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28334 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28335 reset the keystroke counter.
28337 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28338 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28339 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28340 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28342 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28343 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28344 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28345 `type-break-schedule' command.
28347 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28348 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28349 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28350 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28351 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28352 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28353 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28354 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28355 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28357 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28358 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28359 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28360 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28361 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28363 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28364 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28365 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28366 approximate good values for this.
28368 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28369 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28371 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28372 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28373 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28374 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28375 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28376 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28378 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28379 a typing break occur. They include:
28381 `type-break-query-mode'
28382 `type-break-query-function'
28383 `type-break-query-interval'
28385 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28387 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28388 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28389 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28392 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28394 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28395 Take a typing break.
28397 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28398 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28400 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28401 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28405 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28406 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28407 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28408 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28412 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28413 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28415 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28416 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28417 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28418 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28419 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28420 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28421 average typing speed.)
28423 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28424 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28425 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28426 the computed maximum threshold.
28428 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28429 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28430 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28431 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28432 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28434 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28438 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28439 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17843 45630))
28440 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28442 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28443 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28444 Works by overstriking underscores.
28445 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28446 which specify the range to operate on.
28448 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28450 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28451 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28452 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28453 which specify the range to operate on.
28455 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28459 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28460 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17843 45622))
28461 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28463 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28464 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28465 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28469 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28470 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28471 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28472 following the containing message.
28478 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28479 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
28480 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28482 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28483 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28484 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28485 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28486 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28487 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28491 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28492 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28494 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28498 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17843
28500 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28502 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28503 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28504 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28505 of symbols with local bindings.
28507 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28511 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28512 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17843 45630))
28513 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28515 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28516 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28517 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28519 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28520 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28521 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28522 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28523 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28524 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28526 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28527 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28528 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28530 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28531 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28532 the callback is not called).
28534 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28535 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28536 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28539 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28541 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28542 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28543 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28544 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28545 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28547 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28551 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28552 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17843 45630))
28553 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28555 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28556 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28557 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28559 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28560 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28561 `url-generic-parse-url'
28562 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28563 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28564 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28566 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28567 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28568 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28569 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28570 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28571 what type of auth to use
28572 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28573 if one cannot be found in the cache
28575 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28577 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28578 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28580 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28581 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28582 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28583 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28584 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28585 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28586 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28587 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28589 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28593 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28594 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17843
28596 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28598 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28599 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28601 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28603 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28604 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28606 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28608 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28609 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28611 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28613 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28614 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28616 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28620 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17843 45630))
28621 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28623 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28626 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28630 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28631 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17843 45630))
28632 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28634 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28637 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28639 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28642 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28646 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17843
28648 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28650 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28651 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28653 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28657 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28658 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17843 45630))
28659 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28661 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28662 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28666 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28667 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28668 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28669 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28670 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28672 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28676 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28677 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17843
28679 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28681 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28682 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28683 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28684 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28685 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28686 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28688 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28690 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28691 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28695 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28696 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28697 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28698 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28699 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28700 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28701 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28702 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28703 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28705 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28707 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28708 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28709 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28712 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28714 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28717 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28721 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28722 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17843 45630))
28723 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28725 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28726 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28727 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28728 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28729 CBARGS as the arguments.
28731 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28733 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28736 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28738 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28740 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28743 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28745 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28746 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28747 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28749 Property list members:
28752 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28756 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28760 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28763 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28766 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28767 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28768 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28771 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28773 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28774 Default HTTPS port.")
28776 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28777 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28779 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28780 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28781 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28782 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28783 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28787 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17843 45630))
28788 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28790 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28793 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28797 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17843
28799 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28801 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28802 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28803 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28804 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28805 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28807 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28811 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28812 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28813 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28815 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28818 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28820 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28821 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28823 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28827 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28828 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17843 45630))
28829 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28831 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28832 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28834 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28836 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28837 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28839 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28841 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28844 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28846 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28848 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28850 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28852 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28853 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28855 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28859 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28860 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28861 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28863 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28866 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28868 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28871 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28875 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28876 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28877 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28878 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28880 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28883 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28885 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28888 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28890 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28893 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28895 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28898 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28900 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28903 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28905 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28908 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28910 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28913 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28917 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28918 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17843 45630))
28919 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28921 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28922 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28924 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28926 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28927 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28929 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28931 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28935 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28936 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28937 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28939 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28940 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28946 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28947 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28948 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28949 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28950 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28951 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28952 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28953 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28955 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28956 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28957 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28959 If t, all messages will be logged.
28960 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28961 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28963 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28965 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28968 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28970 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28973 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28975 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28976 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28977 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28978 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28979 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28985 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28987 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28988 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28989 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28991 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28993 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28994 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28995 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28997 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28999 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
29000 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29002 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29004 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
29005 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29009 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
29010 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29014 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
29019 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
29022 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29024 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
29027 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29029 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
29030 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
29032 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
29034 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
29037 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29039 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
29040 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29041 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29042 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29043 forbidden in URL encoding.
29045 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29047 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
29048 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29049 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29050 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29051 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29052 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29054 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29056 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
29057 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29058 If optional variable X is t,
29059 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29061 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29063 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
29064 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29065 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29067 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29069 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
29070 View the current document's URL.
29071 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29074 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29076 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29080 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29081 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17843 45612))
29082 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29084 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
29085 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29086 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29087 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29088 to refrain from editing the file
29089 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29090 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29091 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29092 in any way you like.
29094 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29096 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
29097 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29098 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29099 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29100 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29102 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29103 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17843 45620))
29110 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29111 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29115 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29116 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29117 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
29118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29120 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29121 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29122 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29123 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29125 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29127 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29128 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29129 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29131 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29133 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29134 Uudecode region between START and END.
29135 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29137 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29141 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29142 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
29143 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29144 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
29145 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29146 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29147 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17843 45612))
29148 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29150 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29151 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29154 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29156 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29157 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29158 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29160 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29162 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29163 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29166 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29168 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29169 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29171 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29173 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29174 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29176 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29178 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29179 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29180 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29181 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29182 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29183 somebody else, signal error.
29185 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29187 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29188 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29189 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29190 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29191 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29193 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29195 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29196 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29197 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29198 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29199 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29200 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29201 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29202 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29203 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29204 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29205 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29206 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29208 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29210 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29211 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29213 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29214 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29216 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29217 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29218 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29219 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29220 lock steals will raise an error.
29222 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29224 For RCS and SCCS files:
29225 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29227 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29228 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29229 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29230 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29231 it performs a revert.
29232 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29233 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29234 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29235 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29236 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29237 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29238 the option to steal the lock.
29241 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29242 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29243 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29244 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29245 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29246 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29247 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29248 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29249 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29251 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29253 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29254 Register the current file into a version control system.
29255 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29256 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29258 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29259 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29260 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29261 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29262 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29263 first backend that could register the file is used.
29265 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29267 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29268 Display diffs between file versions.
29269 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29270 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29271 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29272 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29273 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29276 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29278 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29279 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29280 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29281 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29285 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29286 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29287 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29288 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29292 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29293 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29294 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29295 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29296 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29297 from the current branch.
29299 See Info node `Merging'.
29303 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29305 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29306 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29308 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29310 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29311 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29313 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29315 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29316 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29317 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29318 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29319 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29320 are checked out in that new branch.
29322 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29324 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29325 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29326 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29327 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29328 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29329 allowed and simply skipped).
29331 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29333 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29334 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29335 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29337 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29339 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29340 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29341 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29342 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29343 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29347 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29348 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29349 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29350 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29351 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29352 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29356 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29357 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29358 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29360 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29362 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29363 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29364 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29365 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29366 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29367 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29368 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29370 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29372 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29373 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29374 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29375 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29376 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29377 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29378 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29379 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29380 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29382 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29384 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29385 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29387 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29389 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29390 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29391 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29394 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29396 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29397 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29398 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29400 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29401 log entries should be gathered.
29403 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29405 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29406 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29408 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29409 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29410 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29411 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29412 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29413 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29415 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29416 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29417 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29418 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29419 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29420 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29421 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29422 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29424 Customization variables:
29426 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29427 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29428 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29429 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29431 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17843 45612))
29436 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29437 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29438 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29441 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17843 45612))
29446 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29447 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29448 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29449 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29451 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17843 45612))
29456 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29457 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29458 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29461 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29465 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29466 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
29467 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29469 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29470 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29471 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29473 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29474 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29478 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29479 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
29480 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29482 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29483 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29484 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29486 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29487 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29489 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29490 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29491 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29492 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17838 18033))
29497 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29498 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29499 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29500 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29503 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29504 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29505 (file-name-directory f)))
29507 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29509 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29513 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29514 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
29515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29517 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29518 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29523 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29524 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29525 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29526 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29527 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29528 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29529 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29530 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29531 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29533 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29534 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29535 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29536 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29538 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29539 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29540 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29541 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29542 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29544 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29545 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29549 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29550 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29551 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29555 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29556 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29557 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29558 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29560 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29561 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29562 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29563 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29564 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29568 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29569 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29570 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29571 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29573 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29574 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29575 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29576 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29577 beginning with \"std\").
29579 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29580 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29581 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29586 `--' puts a single comment.
29587 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29588 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29589 with a comment in between.
29590 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29591 out following lines.
29592 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29593 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29595 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29596 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29597 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29598 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29599 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29602 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29603 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29604 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29605 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29606 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29607 multi-line comments.
29611 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29612 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29613 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29614 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29616 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29617 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29618 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29619 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29621 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29622 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29625 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29626 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29630 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29631 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29632 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29633 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29634 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29635 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29636 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29637 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29639 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29640 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29641 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29642 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29643 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29646 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29647 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29648 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29650 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29651 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29655 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29656 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29657 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29658 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29659 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29660 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29663 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29664 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29665 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29666 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29669 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29673 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29674 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29675 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29676 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29677 internal signal initializations (menu).
29679 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29680 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29681 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29683 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29684 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29685 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29686 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29687 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29688 in subsequent paste operations.)
29690 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29691 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29692 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29695 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29696 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29697 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29698 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29699 association list with formals).
29702 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29703 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29704 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29705 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29706 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29707 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29708 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29709 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29714 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29718 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29722 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29723 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29724 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29726 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29727 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29730 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29731 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29732 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29733 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29735 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29736 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29737 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29739 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29740 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29741 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29742 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29744 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29745 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29746 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29747 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29748 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29750 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29751 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29752 required by secondary units.
29755 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29756 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29757 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29758 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29759 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29760 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29761 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29762 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29763 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29764 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29765 inputs to this component -> input port created
29766 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29767 outputs from this component -> output port created
29768 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29769 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29771 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29772 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29773 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29774 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29775 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29777 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29778 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29780 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29781 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29782 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29783 component instantiation is also supported (option
29784 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29786 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29787 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29788 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29789 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29790 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29791 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29792 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29793 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29794 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29795 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29796 | generating the configuration.
29798 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29799 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29800 | configurations in speedbar.
29802 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29805 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29806 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29807 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29808 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29809 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29810 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29811 information. New compilers can be added.
29813 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29814 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29817 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29818 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29819 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29820 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29821 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29823 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29826 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29827 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29828 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29830 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29831 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29832 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29833 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29834 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29835 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29836 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29839 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29840 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29841 not (yet) supported.
29842 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29843 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29844 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29848 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29849 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29850 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29851 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29852 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29853 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29854 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29855 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29857 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29858 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29859 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29860 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29861 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29862 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29863 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29864 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29865 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29866 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29867 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29871 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29872 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29873 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29874 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29875 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29876 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29877 current directory for VHDL source files.
29881 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29882 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29886 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29887 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29888 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29889 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29890 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29891 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29892 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29893 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29896 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29897 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29898 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29899 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29900 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29901 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29902 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29904 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29905 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29906 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29907 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29908 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29909 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29911 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29912 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29913 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29914 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29915 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29918 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29919 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29920 highlighted if written in lower case.
29922 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29923 highlighted using a different background color if option
29924 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29926 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29927 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29928 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29929 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29930 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29934 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29935 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29936 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29940 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29941 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29942 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29943 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29944 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29948 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29949 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29951 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29952 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29953 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29954 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29955 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29956 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29957 (used to obtain the port names).
29961 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29962 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29966 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29967 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29968 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29969 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29970 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29971 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29972 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29977 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29978 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29979 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29980 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29981 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29983 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29984 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29985 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29986 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29987 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29990 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29991 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29995 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29996 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29997 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29999 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30003 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30004 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30006 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30008 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30010 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30014 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30020 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30021 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30023 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30025 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30026 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30027 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30028 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30030 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30031 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30032 where the latest version can be found.
30038 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30039 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30040 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30043 The VHDL Mode Authors
30044 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30055 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17789 35159))
30056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30058 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
30059 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30060 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30061 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30063 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30064 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30065 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30066 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30067 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30069 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30070 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30072 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30074 * Limitations and unsupported features
30075 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30077 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30078 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30081 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30082 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30083 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30084 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30085 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30086 for undoing a repeated change command.
30087 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30088 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30089 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30092 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30093 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30094 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30095 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30096 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30097 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30098 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30099 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30101 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30107 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30108 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30109 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30110 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17843 45621))
30111 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30113 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30114 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30116 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30118 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30119 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30120 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30121 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30123 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30125 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30126 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30130 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30131 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30132 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30133 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30135 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30137 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30138 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30142 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30145 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30147 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30150 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30154 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30155 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30156 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17843
30158 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30160 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30161 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30162 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30163 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30165 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30167 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30168 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30169 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30170 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30171 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30172 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30173 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30175 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30179 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30180 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30181 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30182 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30183 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30184 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30185 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30186 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30188 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30192 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30193 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30194 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30195 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30196 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30197 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30198 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30199 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30201 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30205 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30206 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30207 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30208 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30209 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30210 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30211 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30213 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30215 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30216 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30217 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30219 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30221 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30222 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30223 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30224 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30225 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30226 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30227 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30228 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30230 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30232 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30233 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30234 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30236 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30238 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30239 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30240 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30241 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30242 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30243 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30244 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30245 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30247 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30249 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30250 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30251 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30253 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30255 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30256 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30257 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30259 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30260 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30261 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30264 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30265 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30266 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30267 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30268 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30270 H, h, ? This message.
30271 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30272 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30273 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30274 > move to the end of buffer.
30275 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30276 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30277 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30278 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30279 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30280 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30281 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30282 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30283 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30284 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30285 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30286 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30287 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30288 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30289 Use this to view a changing file.
30290 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30291 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30292 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30294 x exchanges point and mark.
30295 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30296 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30297 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30298 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30299 ' go to position saved in character register.
30300 s do forward incremental search.
30301 r do reverse incremental search.
30302 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30303 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30304 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30305 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30306 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30307 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30308 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30309 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30310 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30311 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30312 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30313 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30314 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30315 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30316 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30317 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30318 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30320 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30321 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30322 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30323 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30324 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30325 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30326 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30327 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30328 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30330 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30334 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30335 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30336 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30337 `view-return-to-alist'.
30338 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30339 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30340 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30342 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30343 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30344 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30345 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30346 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30348 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30349 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30350 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30351 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30353 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30355 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30357 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30359 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30360 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30366 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17843
30368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30370 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30371 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30375 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30376 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30382 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30383 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
30384 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30386 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30387 Toggle Viper on/off.
30388 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30392 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30393 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30399 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30400 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
30401 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30403 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30404 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30405 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30406 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30407 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30408 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30409 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30410 the beginning of the warning.")
30412 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30413 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30414 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30415 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30416 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30417 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30418 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30419 also call that function before the next warning.")
30421 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30422 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30424 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30425 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30426 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30427 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30429 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30430 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30431 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30432 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30433 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30434 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30436 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30437 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30438 Default is :warning.
30440 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30441 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30442 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30443 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30444 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30445 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30447 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30448 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30450 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30452 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30453 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30455 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30457 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30458 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30459 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30460 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30462 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30463 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30464 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30465 can be whatever you like.)
30467 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30468 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30470 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30471 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30472 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30473 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30474 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30476 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30478 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30479 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30480 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30481 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30482 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30484 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30488 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30489 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
30490 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30492 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30493 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30494 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30495 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30496 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30505 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17843 45625))
30506 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30508 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30509 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30511 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30514 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30521 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30522 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
30523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30524 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30525 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30527 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30529 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30530 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30531 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30534 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30536 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30538 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30539 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30540 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30541 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30543 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30550 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30551 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30552 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30553 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30554 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30555 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
30556 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30558 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30559 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30563 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30564 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30568 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30569 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30573 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30574 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30578 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30579 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30583 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30584 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30586 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30587 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30588 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30589 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30590 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30592 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30594 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30595 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30597 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30599 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30600 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30604 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30605 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30606 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30607 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30608 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30612 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30613 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30617 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30619 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30620 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30621 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30623 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30624 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30626 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30628 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30629 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30630 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30632 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30633 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30637 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30638 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30639 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30645 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30646 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17843 45612))
30647 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30649 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30650 Browse the widget under point.
30654 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30655 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30657 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30659 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30660 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30662 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30664 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30665 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30666 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30672 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30673 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17843
30675 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30677 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30678 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30680 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30682 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30683 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30684 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30686 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30688 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30689 Create widget of TYPE.
30690 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30692 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30694 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30697 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30699 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30700 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30702 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30704 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30706 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30707 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30708 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30710 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30711 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30717 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30718 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17843
30720 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30722 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30723 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30724 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30725 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30726 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30727 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30728 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30732 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30733 Select the window above the current one.
30734 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30735 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30736 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30737 negative ARG) of the current window.
30738 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30742 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30743 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30744 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30745 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30746 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30747 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30748 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30752 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30753 Select the window below the current one.
30754 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30755 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30756 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30757 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30758 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30762 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30763 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30764 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30765 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30767 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30771 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30772 ;;;;;; (17843 45613))
30773 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30775 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30776 Toggle Winner mode.
30777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30778 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30780 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30782 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30783 Toggle Winner mode.
30784 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30790 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30791 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17843 45613))
30792 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30794 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30795 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30796 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30797 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30798 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30799 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30800 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30801 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30803 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30804 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30806 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30808 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30809 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30813 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30814 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30815 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30816 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30817 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30818 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30819 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30820 `woman' command for further details.
30822 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30826 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30827 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
30828 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30830 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30831 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30834 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30835 are not implemented
30836 - Options for search and replace
30837 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30838 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30840 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30843 The key bindings are:
30853 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30855 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30856 C-l ws-repeat-search
30859 C-r scroll-down-line
30866 C-y kill-complete-line
30869 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30870 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30871 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30872 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30873 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30874 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30875 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30876 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30877 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30878 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30879 C-k b ws-begin-block
30880 C-k c ws-copy-block
30881 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30883 C-k h ws-show-markers
30884 C-k i ws-indent-block
30886 C-k p ws-print-block
30889 C-k s save-some-buffers
30891 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30892 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30893 C-k v ws-move-block
30894 C-k w ws-write-block
30896 C-k y ws-delete-block
30898 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30899 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30900 C-o j justify-current-line
30903 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30904 C-o r set-fill-column
30905 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30906 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30907 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30908 C-o wo other-window
30909 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30911 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30912 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30913 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30914 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30915 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30916 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30917 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30918 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30919 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30920 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30921 C-q a ws-query-replace
30922 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30923 C-q c end-of-buffer
30926 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30928 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30929 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30930 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30931 C-q w ws-last-error
30933 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30939 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30940 ;;;;;; (17843 45613))
30941 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30943 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30944 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30945 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30946 Returns the top node with all its children.
30947 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30948 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30950 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30952 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30953 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30954 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30955 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30956 is not well-formed XML.
30957 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30958 and returned as the first element of the list.
30959 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30961 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30965 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17843
30967 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30969 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30970 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30971 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30972 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30973 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30974 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30976 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30978 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30979 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30980 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30982 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30983 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30984 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30985 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30986 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30987 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30993 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30994 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17843 45618))
30995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30997 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30998 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31002 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
31003 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31009 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31010 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17843 45626))
31011 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31013 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
31014 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31016 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31018 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
31019 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31021 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31023 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
31024 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31025 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31027 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31029 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
31030 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31036 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17843 45626))
31037 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31039 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
31040 Zone out, completely.
31046 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31047 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31048 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31049 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31050 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31051 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31052 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31053 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31054 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31055 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31056 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31057 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31058 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31059 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31060 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31061 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31062 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31063 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31064 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
31065 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31066 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31067 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31068 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31069 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31070 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31071 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31072 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31073 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31074 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
31075 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31076 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31077 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31078 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31079 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31080 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31081 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31082 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31083 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
31084 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31085 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31086 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31087 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31088 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31089 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31090 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31091 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31092 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31093 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
31094 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31095 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31096 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31097 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31098 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31099 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31100 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31101 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31102 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31103 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31104 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31105 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31106 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31107 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31108 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31109 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31110 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31111 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31112 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31113 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31114 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31115 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31116 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31117 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31118 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31119 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31120 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31121 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31122 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31123 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31124 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31125 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31126 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31127 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31128 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31129 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31130 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31131 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31132 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31133 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31134 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31135 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31136 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31137 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31138 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31139 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31140 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31141 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31142 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31143 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31144 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31145 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31146 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31147 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31148 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31149 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
31150 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31151 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "patcomp.el"
31152 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
31153 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31154 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31155 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31156 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31157 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31158 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31159 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31160 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31161 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31162 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
31163 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31164 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/apollo.el"
31165 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
31166 ;;;;;; "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el"
31167 ;;;;;; "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el"
31168 ;;;;;; "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31169 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31170 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31171 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31172 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31173 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
31174 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31175 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
31176 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
31177 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
31178 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
31179 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17845 23032 619212))
31183 ;; Local Variables:
31184 ;; version-control: never
31185 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31186 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31188 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here